B.E.

Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

EXCEL ENGINEERING COLLEGE

(Autonomous)
Approved by AICTE, New Delhi & Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai
Accredited by NBA, NAAC with “A+” and Recognised by UGC (2f &12B)
KOMARAPALAYAM – 637303
DEPARTMENT OF AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

B.E. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

I TO VIII SEMESTER CURRICULUM

REGULATION 2020

I SEMESTER
Periods / Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category Week
Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses
Mathematics-I for Mechanical
20MA105 Sciences BS 3 2 0 4 40 60 100

20AE101 Fundamentals of Aeronautics ES 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

Basics of Electrical and
20EC103 Electronics Engineering ES 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

Theory with Practical Courses

20ENEXX Language Elective – I* HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
Chemistry for Mechanical
20CH103 BS 3 0 2 4 50 50 100
Sciences
20ME101 Engineering Graphics ES 1 0 4 3 50 50 100
Mandatory Course
20MC101 Induction Programme MC 2 Weeks 0 100 0 100
TOTAL 15 2 8 20 370 330 700
* Language Electives – I
Periods /
Week Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category
Credits
L T P CA FE Total
20ENE01 Communicative English HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
Advanced Communicative
20ENE02 HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
English

II SEMESTER
Periods /
Week Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses
Mathematics – II for BS
20MA205 Mechanical Sciences 3 2 0 4 40 60 100
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

20ME201 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 2 0 4 40 60 100

Theory with Practical Courses

20ENEXX Language Elective – II ** HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100

Physics for Mechanical BS

20PH203 3 0 2 4 50 50 100
Sciences
20CS201 Problem Solving using Python ES 3 0 2 4 50 50 100

Practical Course
Aeronautical Engineering ES
20AE201 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
Practices Laboratory
Mandatory Course

20MC201 Environmental Sciences MC 2 0 0 0 50 50 100

Total 16 4 8 20 330 370 700
**Language Electives – II
Periods / Week Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category
L T P Credits CA FE Total
Advanced
20ENE02 HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
Communicative English
20ENE03 Hindi HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
20ENE04 French HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
20ENE05 German HSS 2 0 2 3 50 50 100

III SEMESTER
Periods /
Code No. Course Category Week Maximum Marks
Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses
Transforms and Boundary
20MA301 BS 3 2 0 4 40 60 100
Value Problems
Aero Engineering
20AE301 PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Thermodynamics
Engineering Materials and
20AE302 PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Metallurgy
20AE303 Manufacturing Technology ES 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

Theory with Practical Courses

Fluid Mechanics and
20AE304 Machinery for Aeronautical ES 3 0 2 4 50 50 100
Engineers
Strength of Materials for
20AE305 ES 3 0 2 4 50 50 100
Aeronautical Engineers
Practical Course
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Applied Thermodynamics 0 0 1 50 50 100

20AE306 ES 2
Laboratory
Mandatory Course

20MC302 Interpersonal Skills MC 0 0 2 0 100 0 100

Total 18 2 8 22 410 390 800
IV SEMESTER
Periods /
Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category Week Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses
Numerical Analysis and 60 100
20MA401 BS 3 2 0 4 40
Statistics
Aircraft Structural 40 60 100
20AE401 PC 3 0 0 3
Mechanics
20AE402 Aircraft Propulsion PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Aircraft Systems and 40 60 100
20AE403 PC 3 0 0 3
Instruments
20AE404 Mechanics of Machinery PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

Theory with Practical Courses

20AE405 Aerodynamics PC 3 0 2 4 50 50 100

Practical Course
20AE406 Propulsion Laboratory PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
Computer Aided Aircraft
20AE407 Components Drawing PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
Laboratory
Mandatory Course
20MC401 Soft skill HSS 2 0 0 0 100 0 100
Total 20 2 6 22 450 450 900

V SEMESTER
Periods / Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category Week Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses

20AE501 Flight Dynamics PC 3 2 0 4 40 60 100

Rocket and Space
20AE502 PC 3 2 0 4 40 60 100
Propulsion
Compressible Flow
20AE503 PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Aerodynamics
20YYOXX Open Elective - I OE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20AEEXX Professional Elective-I PE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Theory with Practical Courses

Aircraft Structural
20AE504 PC 3 0 2 4 50 50 100
Analysis
Practical Courses

Aero engine & Airframe

20AE505 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
Laboratory
Total 18 4 4 22 300 400 700
VI SEMESTER
Periods /
Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category Week Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses

20AE601 Finite Element Methods PC 3 2 0 4 40 60 100

Composite Materials and
20AE602 PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Structures
Professional Ethics in
20AE603 PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Engineering
20YYOXX Open Elective-II OE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20AEEXX Professional Elective – II PE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Theory with Practical Courses

20AE604 UAV Systems PC 3 0 2 4 50 50 100

Practical Courses

Analysis and Simulation

20AE605 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
Laboratory
20AE606 Mini project EEC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
20AE607 Internship EEC 2 Weeks 1 100 0 100
Total 18 2 6 23 450 450 900
VII SEMESTER
Periods /
Maximum Marks
Code No. Course Category Week Credits
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses
Computational Fluid
20AE701 PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Dynamics
Innovation &
20AE702 EEC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Entrepreneurship
20AE703 Aircraft Design PC 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20YYOXX Open Elective - III OE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20AEEXX Professional Elective – III PE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20AEEXX Professional Elective – IV PE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Practical Courses
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Aircraft Systems & Flight

20AE704 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
simulator Laboratory
20AE705 Design Project EEC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100
Total 18 0 4 20 340 460 800
VIII SEMESTER
Periods /
Week Maximum Marks
Credits
Code No. Course Category
L T P CA FE Total
Theory Courses
20AEEXX Professional Elective – V PE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20AEEXX Professional Elective – VI PE 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Practical Course

20AE801 Major Project EEC 0 0 20 10 150 150 300

Total 6 0 20 16 230 270 500

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE
COURSE CONTACT
SL. NO COURSE TITLE CATEGORY L T P C
CODE PERIODS
THEORY
STREAM – 1 AERODYNAMICS
1 20AEE01 Low speed Aerodynamics PE 3 3 0 0 3
2 20AEE02 High speed Aerodynamics PE 3 3 0 0 3
3 20AEE03 Boundary Layer Theory PE 3 3 0 0 3
4 20AEE04 Viscous Flow Theory PE 3 3 0 0 3
5 20AEE05 Industrial Aerodynamics PE 3 3 0 0 3
6 20AEE06 Aero Acoustics PE 3 3 0 0 3
7 20AEE07 Flight Instrumentation PE 3 3 0 0 3
8 20AEE08 Air Traffic Control and Planning PE 3 3 0 0 3
Behavior of Material at High PE 3 3 0 0 3
9 20AEE09
Temperature
10 20AEE10 Experimental Aerodynamics PE 3 3 0 0 3
11 20AEE11 Helicopter Aerodynamics PE 3 3 0 0 3
12 20AEE12 Civil Aviation Requirements PE 3 3 0 0 3
13 20AEE13 Aircraft Rules and Regulations PE 3 3 0 0 3
STREAM – 2 PROPULSION
14 20AEE21 Space Mechanics PE 3 3 0 0 3
15 20AEE22 Cryogenic Engineering PE 3 3 0 0 3
16 20AEE23 Heat transfer PE 3 3 0 0 3
17 20AEE24 Aircraft Cooling Systems PE 3 3 0 0 3
18 20AEE25 Combustion Modeling PE 3 3 0 0 3
19 20AEE26 Micro Propulsion System PE 3 3 0 0 3
20 20AEE27 Aero engine control system PE 3 3 0 0 3
21 20AEE28 Rockets and Missiles PE 3 3 0 0 3
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

High Temperature Gas

22 20AEE29 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Dynamics
23 20AEE30 Wind Tunnel Techniques PE 3 3 0 0 3
24 20AEE31 Missiles Guidance PE 3 3 0 0 3
25 20AEE32 High Temperature Materials PE 3 3 0 0 3
STREAM – 3 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND DESIGN
Optimization and its
26 20AEE41 PE 3 3 0 0 3
applications
27 20AEE42 Fatigue and fracture PE 3 3 0 0 3
28 20AEE43 Failure analysis PE 3 3 0 0 3
Aircraft Structural Testing and
29 20AEE44 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Qualification
Experimental Technology for
30 20AEE45 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Aircraft Structures
31 20AEE46 Vibration and Rotor dynamics PE 3 3 0 0 3
32 20AEE47 Experimental stress analysis PE 3 3 0 0 3
Aircraft Structural health
33 20AEE48 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Monitoring Systems
34 20AEE49 Nano Composite Materials PE 3 3 0 0 3
35 20AEE50 Hyper mesh PE 3 3 0 0 3
Helicopter Theory and
36 20AEE51 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Maintenance
20AEE52 Airframe maintenance and
37 PE 3 3 0 0 3
repair
20AEE53 Aero engine maintenance &
38 PE 3 3 0 0 3
repair
39 20AEE54 Theory of Elasticity PE 3 3 0 0 3
20AEE55 Advanced Manufacturing
40 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Process
20AEE56 Design for manufacture and
41 PE 3 3 0 0 3
assembly
42 20AEE57 Total Quality management PE 3 3 0 0 3

43 20AEE58 Production planning and control PE 3 3 0 0 3

44 20AEE59 Six sigma and Lean concepts PE 3 3 0 0 3

45 20AEE60 Nondestructive testing PE 3 3 0 0 3

20AEE61 Computer Integrated
46 PE 3 3 0 0 3
Manufacturing

OPEN ELECTIVES
COURSE CONTACT
SL. NO COURSE TITLE CATEGORY PERIODS L T P C
CODE
THEORY
OPEN ELECTIVE
Drone Design and
1 20AEO01 OE 3 3 0 0 3
development
2 20AEO02 Helicopter Technology OE 3 3 0 0 3
3 20AEO03 Air traffic control OE 3 3 0 0 3
4 20AEO04 Automobile Aerodynamics OE 3 3 0 0 3
5 20AEO05 Avionics OE 3 3 0 0 3
6 20 AEO06 Aircraft Power Plant OE 3 3 0 0 3
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

7 20 AEO07 Basics of Aeronautical Science OE 3 3 0 0 3

8 20 AEO08 Airport Management OE 3 3 0 0 3
9 20 AEO09 Rocket and Space Science OE 3 3 0 0 3
10 20 AEO10 Aircraft Maintenances OE 3 3 0 0 3

ONE CREDIT COURSES

COURSE CONTACT
S. NO COURSE TITLE CATEGORY L T P C
CODE PERIODS
THEORY
Wind Turbine Design and
1 20AEA01 EEC 15 1 0 0 1
Testing
Real Time Industrial
2 20AEA02 EEC 15 1 0 0 1
Applications in CFD
Failure Analysis of Advanced
3 20AEA03 EEC 15 1 0 0 1
Composites
Technical Documentation for
4 20AEA04 Aerospace Engineering EEC 15 1 0 0 1
Services
Introduction to Aerospace
5 20AEA05 EEC 15 1 0 0 1
Navigation
Disruptive Innovation Based
6 20AEA06 EEC 15 1 0 0 1
Startup Activities

CREDITS DISTRIBUTION – SEMESTER WISE

CREDITS PER SEMESTER TOTAL
CREDITS
S.No CATEGORY CREDIT
I II III IV V VI VII VIII in %
(AICTE)
6
1 HSS 3 3 0 3.63 %
(10-14)

24
2 BS 8 8 4 4 14.55%
(22-28)

3 ES 9 9 12 30 (24) 18.18 %

4 PC 6 18 16 15 7 62 (48) 37.57%

5 PE 3 3 6 6 18 (18) 10.90%

6 OE 3 3 3 9 5.45%
16
7 EEC 2 4 10 9.70%
(12-16)

8 MC 0 0 0 0 0

Total 20 20 22 22 22 23 20 16 165 100.00 %

HSS - Humanities and Social Sciences

BS - BasicSciences
ES - Engineering Sciences
PC - ProfessionalCore
PE - Professional Electives
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

OE - OpenElectives
EEC - Employability Enhancement Courses
MC - Mandatory Courses (Non-Credit Courses)
CA - Continuous Assessment
FE - Final Examination
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Semester - I

Mathematics-I for Mechanical Sciences L T P C

20MA105
(Common to AERO, MECH and SAFETY & FIRE) 3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Basic Mathematics
Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Acquire the concept of matrix algebra techniques.
2. Acquaint the mathematical tools needed in evaluating limits, derivatives and differentiation of
one variable.
3. Learn the concept of calculus for solving the problems mathematically and obtaining
solutions.
4. Study the functions of several variables, Taylor's series expansion and Jacobian techniques.
5. Introduce the concepts of evaluating multiple integrals.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
Course Outcome
CO. No. Level
Apply the concept of orthogonal reduction to diagonalise the given
CO1. Apply
matrix.
Interpret the limit definition and rules of differentiation to differentiate
CO2. the functions. Understand

CO3. Identify the circle of curvature, evolutes and envelope of the curves. Understand
Classify the maxima and minima for a given function with several
CO4. Variables through by stationary points. Apply

CO5. Compute double and triple integrals. Apply

Course Contents:

Unit – I Matrices 12
Characteristic equation – Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix – Properties(statement
only) – Cayley-Hamilton theorem and its applications – Orthogonal transformation of a symmetric
matrix to diagonal form – Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal
transformation.

Unit – II Limits and Continuity 12

Representation of functions – Limit of a function – Continuity – Derivatives – Differentiation rules -
Maxima and Minima of functions of one variable.

Unit – III Differential Calculus 12

Curvature – radius of curvature (Cartesian and polar co-ordinates) – Centre of curvature –Circle of
curvature – Involute and evolute – envelope.

Unit – IV Functions of Several Variables 12

Partial derivatives –Euler’s theorem for homogenous functions –Differentiation of implicit functions
Jacobians –Taylor’s expansion –Maxima and Minima – Lagrange’s Method of Undetermined
Multipliers.

Unit – V Multiple Integrals 12

Double integration – Cartesian and polar coordinates – Change of order of integration –Area as
double integral - Triple integration – Volume of solids by triple integration.
Total: 60 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Text Books:
1. Grewal B.S, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2016.
2. Veerarajan.T, “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Ramana B.V, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company, 2017.
2. Bali N.P, Manish Goyal, “A text book of Engineering Mathematics: Semester-I”, 8th Edition,
Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, 2015.

Additional References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/105/111105121
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122101003/2

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 1 1
CO5 3 3 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total marks
Level Assessment Component Marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
L T P C
20AE101 Fundamentals of Aeronautics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Engineering Sciences
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Understand the Historical evaluation of Airplanes
2. Study the different component systems and Instruments functions
3. Understand the basic properties and principles behind the flight
4. Study the various types of power plants used in aircrafts
5. Study the different Structures & Construction

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Learn the history of aircraft & developments over the years. Understand
Ability to identify the types & classifications of components and control
CO2 Understand
systems.
Understand the basic concepts of flight & Physical properties of
CO3 Understand
Atmosphere.
Demonstrate the various propulsion units used to achieve thrust in the
CO4 atmosphere and space operated vehicles. Different types of Engines and Analysis
principles of Rocket.
CO5 An ability to differentiate the types of fuselage and constructions. Understand

Course contents:
UNIT - I Evolution and History of Flights 9
History and classifications of airplanes-Balloonflight-Ornithopers-Early Airplanes by Wright Brothers-
biplanes-monoplanes-Anatomy of Helicopters and Rockets Developments in aerodynamics-
materials-Structures and Propulsion over the years

UNIT - II Aircraft Configurations and Instruments 9

Components of an airplane and their functions -Conventional control-powered control- Flight
Instruments and Navigation Instruments – Gyroscope - Accelerometers, Air speed Indicators – TAS,
EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation

UNIT - III Basics of Aerodynamics 9

Study of Atmospheres Temperature, pressure and altitude relationships -Aerodynamic Forces of
aircraft-Lift- Drag- Moment - Classifications of aerofoils, Mach number

UNIT - IV Basics of Propulsion 9

Basic ideas about Piston-Turboprop and jet engines – Use of propeller and jets for thrust
production- Principle of Operation of rocket- types of rocket and typical applications- Introduction
Space vehicles operations.

UNIT - V Basics of Aircraft Structures and Materials 9

General types of construction, Monocoque, semi-Monocoque and geodesic constructions, typical
wing and fuselage structure-Metallic and non-metallic materials- Use of Aluminium Alloy- titanium-
stainless steel and composite materials.
Total: 45 Periods

Text books
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
1. Anderson, J.D., “Introduction to Flight”, McGraw-Hill; 8th edition, 2015.
2. Stephen. A. Brandt, “Introduction to Aeronautics”: A design perspective, 2nd edition, AIAA
Education Series, 2004.
References
1. Kermode, A.C., “Mechanics of Flight”, Himalayan Book, 11th edition, 1997.
2. "Flight without Formulae", McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1997.
3. Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, 2nd Edition,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi, 2008.
4. Pallet, E.H.J., “Aircraft Instruments & Principles”, Pitman & Co., 2nd Edition, 1992.
Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/101106035/003_Chapter%201_L3_(04-10-
2013).pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/101106035/002_Chapter%201_L2_(01-10-
2013).pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/101/101101079/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/101/101101083/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/105/101105084/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 1 - - 2 1 1 - - 1 2 2 1 -
CO2 3 - 1 1 - 2 1 1 - - 1 2 2 1 -
CO3 3 - 1 1 - 2 1 2 - - 1 2 2 1 -
CO4 2 - 1 1 1 2 1 1 - - 1 1 2 1 -
CO5 1 - - 1 1 2 1 2 - - 1 1 1 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3 Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering L T P C
20EC103 (Common to Aeronautical, Mechanical, Safety and Fire Engineering &
Food Technology) 3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Engineering Sciences

Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
1. The course is intended to understand the basic concepts of electrical elements and
measuring instruments.
2. Gain knowledge of circuit laws.
3. Understand the various components used in electrical installations.
4. Illustrate the construction and operation of various electrical machines.
5. Explore the knowledge on semiconductor and digital circuits
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO.No. Course Outcome
Level
Explain the basic concepts of electrical elements and measuring
CO1 instruments Understand

CO2 Apply various circuit laws for solving complex circuits Apply
Analyze the functions of various components used in electrical
CO3 systems Apply
Classify the static and dynamic machines and explain their
CO4 operation. Apply

CO5 Understand the basic functionalities of electronic circuits and devices Apply

Course Contents:

Unit – I Electrical Elements and Measuring Instruments 9

Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance, Wires and Cables Ammeter, Voltmeter, Wattmeter, Energy
meter, Thermistor and Anemometer

Unit-- II Electrical Circuits and Theorems 9

Ohm’s Law – Kirchoff’s Laws – Steady State Solution of DC Circuits – Introduction to AC Circuits–
Theorems; Thevinin’s, Norton’s, Superposition, Maximum power transfer

Unit – III Electrical Installations Devices: 9

Types of Protection devices: Fuses, MCB, ELCB, equipments for house wiring, simple house
wiringand pump motor wiring.

Unit - IV Electrical Machines 9

Construction and operating characteristics: DC Motor, Single Phase Transformer, Three phase
Induction motor, Single phase induction motors, Synchronous Motor, and Stepper Motor.

Unit – V Semiconductor Devices and Digital Electronics 9

Characteristics of PN Junction Diode – Zener Effect – Zener Diode and its Characteristics – Half
wave and Full wave Rectifiers – Bipolar Junction Transistor – CB, CE, CC Configurations and
Characteristics – Binary Number System – Logic Gates – Boolean Algebra – Half and Full Adders
– Flip-Flops – Registers and Counters – A/D and D/A Conversion
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Text Books
1. Thereja .B.L., “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics “, S. Chand & Co.
Ltd., 2008.
2. D P Kothari and I.J Nagarath, “Electrical Machines – Basic Electrical and Electronics
Engineering”, McGraw Hill Education(India) Private Limited, Third Reprint,2016.
3. Leonard S Bobrow, “Foundations of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. T.K.Nagsarkar and M.S.Sukhija, “Basic of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press,
2011.
2. Laszlo Solymar, Donald Walsh, Richard R. A. Syms, “Electrical Properties of Materials”,
Oxford University press, 2014.
3. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 2014.
4. Mehta V K, “Principles of Electronics”, S.Chand& Company Ltd, (1994).

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 3 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 1 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 1 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 1 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 1 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total
Level Assessment Component Marks marks
Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5
Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Continuous Assessment Tests
Terminal Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
CHEMISTRY FOR MECHANICAL SCIENCES L T P C
20CH103 (Common to Aeronautical, Mechanical and Safety & Fire
3 0 2 4
Engineering)
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Prerequisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge and understanding about the constituents present in water and the need
for purification of water.
2. Understand the fundamentals of batteries.
3. Understand the nature and physical properties of lubricating oils.
4. Gain knowledge about fuels and calorific value of solid fuel, liquid fuel and gaseous fuel.
5. Understand the causes and control measures of corrosion.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Develop innovative and eco-friendly method for water purification
CO1 Apply
to meet the growing industrial demand
Understand the basic principles and mechanism of working of
CO2 Understand
batteries and fuel cells
Interpret the importance of viscosity measurement of lubricating
CO3 Understand
oils
CO4 Classify fuels based on their efficiency of combustion Understand

CO5 Demonstrate the importance of protection of metals from corrosion Apply

Course Contents
Unit-I Water Analysis and Water Treatment 9
Water analysis: Sources of water, hard water and soft water, Hardness of water, acidity, alkalinity,
pH value, amount of free CO2, fluoride content and chloride content. Biological Oxygen Demand
(BOD), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD). Water treatment: Definition, Zeolite process,
Conditioning methods: Internal conditioning (Phosphate, Calgon) and external conditioning
(Demineralization), Desalination, Reverse osmosis (RO).

Unit-II Energy Storage Devices 9

Batteries: Definition, characteristics and classification, Primary battery: Alkaline battery, Secondary
battery: lead acid battery, nickel cadmium battery, lithium battery and lithium ion battery, Fuel cells:
construction and working of phosphoric acid fuel cell.

Unit-III Lubricants 9
Meaning, mechanism of lubrication, liquid lubrication, properties, viscosity index, flash point and fire
point, cloud point and pour point, oiliness, kinematic viscosity and common types of kinematic
viscometer. Solid lubricants: graphite and molybdenum supplied.

Unit-IV Fuels and Combustion 9

Solid fuel Coal and its varieties, analysis of coal: proximate and ultimate with their significance,
metallurgical coke: Definition Liquid fuel: petroleum oil, Knocking: octane number, improving octane
number by additives. Diesel: cetane number. Gaseous fuels - Water gas and Liquefied Petroleum
Gas. Combustion: Introduction, Calorific value: Gross and net calorific value, Dulong‘s formula and
problems.

Unit-V Corrosion and its Control 9

Corrosion: Classification, Types: Chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion, mechanism.
Corrosion control: Corrosion inhibitors, cathodic protection (sacrificial anodic protection, impressed
current cathodic protection), Protective coating, Paint constitutions and Electroplating (Au).
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Laboratory Component

CO
S. No. Name of the Experiment RBT
Mapping
1 Determination of hardness of water CO1 Apply
2 Determination of chloride content in water sample CO1 Apply
3 Conduct metric titration of strong acid versus strong base CO2 Understand
4 Determination of strength of HCl by pH metry CO2 Understand
5 Estimation of copper in brass by EDTA method CO3 Apply
6 Determination of viscosity of a liquid using Ostwald Viscometer CO3 Understand
Determination of water of crystallization of copper sulphate pent
7 CO4 Apply
hydrate
Determination alkalinity of water sample and making a
8 CO5 Understand
comparative study of corrosion rate

Total: 30 Periods
Text Books
1. O.G.Palanna, “Engineering Chemistry”Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.Co.Ltd,2nd Edition, New Delhi,
2017.
2. P.C.Jain and Monicka Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”,DhanapatRaiPublishing Company
Pvt. Ltd, 11th Edition, 2017.

Reference Books
1. B.Sivasankar“Engineering Chemistry”TataMcGraw – HillPub.Co.Ltd, New Delhi, 2ndEdition,
2009.
2. R.Sivakumar and N. Sivakumar,“Engineering Chemistry”TataMcGraw-Hill Pub.Co.Ltd,New
Delhi, 1st Edition,2009.
3. Dr.Sivanesanand Nandagopal, “Engineering Chemistry-I”, V.K.Pub.Pvt.Ltd, 2nd Edition 2011.

Additional Resources
1. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/122101001
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103033/module9/lecture1.pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/102103044/3
4. https://www.spectrosci.com/resource-center/lubrication-analysis/literature/e-guides/guide-to
measuring-oil-viscosity
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gs3gfwG9a7k
6. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/chemistry/phosphoric-acid-fuel-cells

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) and Programme
Specific Outcomes (PSO)
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2

CO5 3 2
3 High 2 Medium Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Total marks

Level Assessment Component Marks

Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Theory Practical’s Examination
Bloom’s
Level Rubric (Theory)
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III Attendance (50)
based CIA
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (5)
(20)
Remember 10 10 10 20 40
Understand 10 10 10 20 40
Apply 30 30 30 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Engineering Graphics L T P C
20ME101 (Common to Aeronautical, Agriculture, Civil, Mechanical, Safety and Fire
Engineering & Food Technology) 1 0 4 3
Nature of Course Engineering Sciences
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. Understand technical drawings in various fields of engineering
2. Imagine and visualize the geometric details of engineering objects.
3. Translate the geometric information of engineering objects into engineering drawings.
4. Develop the graphical skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of engineering
products through technical drawings.
5. Visualize and draw isometric and perspective views
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

Develop the conic sections, special curves, and draw orthographic

CO 1 Apply
views from pictorial views.

CO 2 Apply the principles of orthographic projections of points in all

Apply
quadrants, lines and planes in first quadrant.
CO 3 Construct the projections of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder
Apply
and cone.
CO 4 Build the sectional views of solids like cube, prisms, pyramids, cylinders
Apply
& cones and development of its lateral surfaces.
CO 5
Organize and draw isometric and perspective sections of simple solids. Apply

Course Contents

Concepts and Conventions (Not for Examination) 1

Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments – BIS
conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets – Lettering and
dimensioning.

UNIT -I Plane Curves and Free Hand Sketching (3+12)

Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics –
Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method – Construction of cycloid –
construction of involutes of square and circle – Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves.
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles –Representation of Three-
Dimensional objects – Layout of views- Free hand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of
objects

UNIT –II Projection of Points, Lines and Plane Surfaces (3+12)

Orthographic projection- principles-Principal Planes-First angle projection-projection of points
Projection of straight lines (only First angle projections) inclined to both the principal planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method. Projection of planes
(polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to both the principal planes by rotating object method.

UNIT –III Projection of Solids (3+12)

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one
of the principal planes by rotating object method.

UNIT- IV Projection of Sectioned Solids and Development of Surface (3+12)

Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position when the cutting plane is inclined to the one of
the principal planes and perpendicular to the other – obtaining true shape of section, Development
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
of lateral surfaces of simple and sectioned solids – Prisms, pyramids cylinders and cones.
Development of lateral surfaces of solids with cut-outs and holes

UNIT -V Isometric and Perspective Projections (3+12)

Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale –Isometric projections of simple solids and
truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones- combination of two solid objects in simple
vertical positions and miscellaneous problems. Perspective projection of simple solids-Prisms,
pyramids and cylinders by visual ray method.

Total: (15+60) Periods

TEXT BOOKS
1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P) Limited,
2011
2. Natarajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai,
2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, 50th Edition,
2010.
2. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Parthasarathy N S and Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford University, Press, New Delhi,
2015.
Web References
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103019/Engineering drawing
2. http://pioneer.netserv.chula.ac.th/~kjirapon/self-practice.html

Publication of Bureau of Indian Standards

1. IS 10711 – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Size and lay out of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) – 2001 & SP 46 – 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 – 1986 & SP 46 – 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) – 2001: Technical drawings – Projection Methods.

Special points applicable only to Final Examinations of Engineering Graphics:

1. There will be five questions, each of either-or type covering all units of the syllabus.
2. All questions will carry equal marks of 20 each making a total of 100.
3. The answer paper shall consist of drawing sheets of A3 size only. The students will be permitted
to use appropriate scale to fit solution within A3 size.
4. The examination will be conducted in appropriate sessions on the same day

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 1 2
CO5 3 2 1 2

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Theory Practical
Examination
Bloom’s Rubric based
IAE-I IAE-II IAE-III Attendance (Theory)
Level CIA
[7.5 ] [7.5 ] [10] [5] [50 marks]
[20 Marks]
Remember 10 10 10 20 20
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 20 20 20 40 40
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
20MC101 Induction Programme L T P C
2 0 0 0
Nature of Mandatory course
Course
Pre requisites Completion of Schooling at Higher Secondary Level

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To nurture the character and behavior as a student.
2. To have broad understanding of society and relationships.
3. To impart interpersonal and soft skills.
4. To inspire the students in the field of engineering.
5. To provide exposure to industries.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO 1 Perform curricular and co-curricular activities excellently. Knowledge

CO 2 Do the skill based training with excellence. Understand

CO 3 Work as team for the given task Apply

CO 4 Gain character and behaviour Knowledge

CO 5 Demonstrate the acquired skills effectively Apply

Course Contents

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
Yoga, Sports
CREATIVE ARTS (students can select any one of their choice)
Painting, sculpture, pottery, music, craft making and so on UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES
Enhancing soft skills
LITERARY AND PROFICIENCY MODULES
Reading, Writing, Speaking- Debate, Role play etc., Communication and computer skills

LECTURES BY EMINENT PEOPLE

Guest lecture by subject experts
VISIT TO LOCAL CITIES
Meditation centers / Industry
FAMILARIZATION TO DEPARTMENT / BRANCH INNOVATION
Lectures by Departments Head and senior faculty members

Total Hours: 45
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 2 3 2
CO2 2 1 2 3 2
CO3 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 2 1 2 3 2
CO5 2 1 2 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Continuous Assessment (Non-Credit, Mandatory)

Bloom’s
Assignment/
Level Test -I Test -II Test - III
Activity Attendance
[20 ] [20] [20]
[20] [20]
Remember 10 10 10
Understand 20 20 20 10
Apply 20 20 20 10
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

II SEMESTER
Mathematics– II for Mechanical Sciences L T P C
20MA205
(Common to AERO, MECH and SAFETY & FIRE) 3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Basic Mathematics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Acquire the mathematical skills to solve the differential equations.
2. Acquaint the concepts of vector calculus needed in mechanical
engineering field.
3. Study the rigorous and analytic approach to analyze the conformal mapping.
4. Learn the concept of complex integration to evaluate definite integrals.
5. Introduce Laplace transform techniques to solve ordinary differential
equations.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
Course Outcome
CO. No. Level

CO1. Solve the linear and simultaneous differential equations.

Understand
Apply the basics of vector calculus comprising of gradient, line
CO2. Surface, volume integrals and the classical theorems. Apply
Identify the concepts of analytic functions and its properties and
CO3. apply it in conformal mapping. Apply
Determine the singularities and its corresponding residues for the
CO4. given function. Apply
Compare Laplace transform, Inverse Laplace transform and solve
CO5. the linear differential equations by Laplace transform techniques. Apply

Course Contents:
Unit - I Ordinary Differential Equations 12
Differential equations with variable co-efficient: Cauchy’s and Legendre’s form of linear equation –
Method of variation of parameters – Introduction of first order non- linear differential equation.

Unit – II Vector Calculus 12

Gradient, Divergence and Curl –Directional derivative –Irrotational and solenoidal vector fields –
Vector integration –Green’s, Gauss divergence and Stokes’ theorem –Statement, Verification and
Simple applications

Unit – III Complex Differentiation and Conformal mapping 12

Functions of a complex variable –Analytic functions –Statement of Cauchy –Riemann equations –
Harmonic functions–Harmonic conjugate –Construction of analytic functions –Conformal mapping :
w= z+c, cz, 1/z and Bilinear transformation.

Unit – IV Complex Integration 12

Cauchy’s Integral theorem (statement only) – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s and Laurent’s
series – Classification of singularities – Cauchy’s residue theorem – Contour integration – Circular
and semi-circular contours.

Unit – V Laplace Transforms 12

Laplace transforms –Transform of elementary functions –Properties –Transform of periodic
functions - Inverse Laplace transforms –Statement and applications of Convolution theorem –Initial
and Final value theorems – Method of solving second order ODE with constant coefficients by
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)
using Laplace transforms technique.
Total: 60 Periods

Text Books:
1. Grewal B.S, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 44thEdition, Khanna Publishers, 2016.
2. Bali N.P, Manish Goyal, ”A text book of Engineering Mathematics”, 6th edition, Laxmi
Publications (P) LTD, 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Ramana B.V, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 10th Edition, John Wiley and Sons
(Asia) Limited, 2018.

Additional References:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ma05
2. htts://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/104/122104017

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1 3
CO4 3 2 1 1
CO5 2 3 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total marks
Level Assessment Component Marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Final Examination
IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3
Category
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

Engineering Mechanics L T P C
20ME201 (Common to Aeronautical, Agriculture, Civil, Mechanical and
Safety and Fire Engineering) 3 2 0 4
Nature of
Engineering Sciences
Course
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Basic Mathematics and Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Develop capacity to predict the effect of force and motion in the course of carrying out the
design functions of engineering.
2. Make the students understand the vector and scalar representation of forces and Moments
and the static equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies.
3. Understand the effect of friction on equilibrium, laws of motion, kinematics of motion and the
interrelationship.
4. Make the students understand the properties of surfaces and solids, prediction of behavior of
particles and rigid bodies under motion.
5. Make the students familiar with frictional laws and its application
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Illustrate the vectorial and scalar representation of forces and
CO 1 Apply
moments
CO 2 Find the rigid body in equilibrium. Apply
CO 3 Determine the properties of surfaces and solids. Apply
CO 4 Calculate dynamic forces exerted in rigid body Apply
CO 5 Determine the friction and the effects by the laws of friction Apply

Course Contents

UNIT - I Statics of Particles 12

Introduction – Units and Dimensions – Laws of Mechanics – Lami’s theorem, Parallelogram and
triangular Law of forces –– Vectorial representation of forces – Vector operations of forces -
additions, subtraction, dot product, cross product – Coplanar Forces – rectangular components –
Equilibrium of a particle – Forces in space – Equilibrium of a particle in space – Equivalent systems
of forces –Principle of transmissibility .

UNIT - II Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies 12

Free body diagram – Types of supports –Action and reaction forces – stable equilibrium – Moments
and Couples – Moment of a force about a point and about an axis – Vectorial representation of
moments and couples – Scalar components of a moment – Varignon’s theorem – Single equivalent
force -Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in two dimensions – Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in three
dimensions.

UNIT- III Properties of Surfaces and Solids 12

Centroids and centre of mass– Centroids of lines and areas - Rectangular, circular, triangular areas
by integration – T section, I section, - Angle section, Hollow section by using standard formula –
Theorems of Pappus - Area moments of inertia of plane areas – Rectangular, circular, triangular
areas by integration – T section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section by using standard formula
– Parallel axis theorem and perpendicular axis theorem –Principal moments of inertia of plane areas
– Principal axes of inertia-Mass moment of inertia –mass moment of inertia for prismatic, cylindrical
and spherical solids from first principle – Relation to area moments of inertia.
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

UNIT – IV Dynamics of Particles 12

Displacements, Velocity and acceleration, their relationship – Relative motion – Curvilinear motion -
Newton’s laws of motion – Work Energy Equation– Impulse and Momentum – Impact of elastic
bodies.

UNIT - V Friction and Elements of Rigid Body Dynamics 12

Friction force – Laws of sliding friction – equilibrium analysis of simple systems with sliding friction –
wedge friction-. Rolling resistance -Translation and Rotation of Rigid Bodies – Velocity and
acceleration – General Plane motion of simple rigid bodies such as cylinder and fly wheel

TOTAL: 60 Periods
Text Books
1. Rajasekaran, S. and Sankarasubramanian. G, “Fundamentals of Engineering 17 Mechanics”,
Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009
2. Kumar, K.L., “Engineering Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 3rd
Revised Edition, 2008
References
1. Beer, F.P and Johnston Jr. E.R., “Vector Mechanics for Engineers (In SI Units): Statics and
Dynamics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 8th Edition 2004
2. Hibbeller, R.C and Ashok Gupta, “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, Pearson
Education, 11th Edition, 2010

Web References
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104015/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103109/

Online Resources
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 3
CO2 3 2 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 3
CO4 3 2 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 3

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total
Level Assessment Component Marks marks
Remember Online Quiz or Tutorial Class 5
Understand Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 20 20 20 40
Analyse
Evaluate 10 10 10 20
Create
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

Physics for Mechanical Sciences L T P C

20PH203
(Common to Aeronautical, Mechanical & Fire and Safety Engineering) 3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Basic Physics
Course Objectives: The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge of properties of matter like elasticity and its applications
2. Provide knowledge of optics, especially laser and their applications in fiber
optics.
3. Understand the thermal properties of materials and their applications.
4. Understand the magnetic, piezo-electric and superconducting properties of materials.
5. Expose to new engineering materials like nano materials, shape memory alloys and
metallic glasses.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Explain the knowledge about elastic modulus Understand
CO2 Compare the working of lasers and propagation of light through Understand
optical fibers and its applications
CO3 Demonstrate the thermal conductivity of good and bad Conductors. Understand
CO4 Outline the magnetic, piezoelectric and superconducting properties of Understand
the materials
CO5 Explain a conceptual understanding about the properties of new Understand
engineering materials like shape memory alloys, composites and
metallic glasses

Course Contents:
UNIT I Properties of Matter 9
Elasticity – Stress-strain diagram and its uses - factors affecting elastic modulus and tensile
strength – torsional stress and deformations – twisting couple - torsion pendulum: theory and
experiment - bending of beams - bending moment – cantilever – uniform and non-uniform bending
- I-shaped girders - stress due to bending in beams.

UNIT II Laser and Fiber Optics 9

Lasers: population of energy levels, Einstein’s A and B coefficients derivation – resonant cavity,
optical amplification (qualitative) – Semiconductor lasers: homojunction and heterojunction – Fiber
optics: principle, numerical aperture and acceptance angle - types of optical fibers (material,
refractive index, and mode) – optical fiber communication system- fiber optic endoscope.

UNIT III Thermal Physics 9

Elasticity – Stress-strain diagram and its uses - factors affecting elastic modulus and tensile
strength – torsional stress and deformations – twisting couple - torsion pendulum: theory and
experiment - bending of beams - bending moment – cantilever – uniform and non-uniform bending
- I-shaped girders - stress due to bending in beams.

UNIT IV Magnetic, Piezo Electric and Super Conducting Materials 9

Ferromagnetism- domain theory- types of energy- hard and soft magnetic materials – ferrites.
Piezoelectric effect – piezoelectric crystal – Piezo-electric generator - principle and working –
application of piezoelectric effect. Superconductivity – Meissner effect – Effect of magnetic field –
Type I and Type II superconductors,.

UNIT V New Engineering Materials 9

 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)
Metallic glasses – preparation, properties and applications – Shape memory alloys – Types,
characteristics and applications – Nanomaterials – preparation – physical vapour deposition - sol
gel method, properties and applications. Carbon Nano tube - properties and applications.
Total : 45 Periods

Laboratory Components
CO
S. No. List of Experiments RBT
Mapping
1 Determination of rigidity modulus – Torsion pendulum CO1 Apply
2 Determination of Young‘s modulus by non-uniform CO1 Apply
bending method.
3 Determination of wavelength, and particle size using CO2 Apply
Laser
4 Determination of acceptance angle in an optical fiber CO2 Apply
5 Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor CO3 Apply
by Lee‘s Disc method
6 Determination of velocity of sound and compressibility of CO1 Apply
liquid - Ultrasonic interferometer
7 Determination of Coefficient of viscosity of liquid CO1 Apply

Total 30 Periods

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bhattacharya, D.K and Poonam, T, “Engineering Physics”, 2nd edition, Oxford University
Press, 2015.
2. M.N. Avadhanulu, M.N. & Kshirsagar PG. “A Text book of Engineering Physics”, 10th edition,
S.Chand and company, Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
3. William D Callister Jr. and David G Rethwisch., “Materials Science and Engineering”, 9th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2019.

REFERENCES:
1. David Halliday. Robert Resnick. and Jearl Walker., “Principles of Physics”, Wiley, 10th
Edition, 2014.
2. Raymond A Serway. and John W Jewett., “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”, Cengage
Learning, 9th Edition, 2019.
3. Raghavan V., “Materials Science and Engineering, A First course”, PHI Learning, 5th Edition,
2015.

Web References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/101/115101012/
2.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9bhG0hkKjcA
3.https://theconstructor.org/concrete/expansion-joint-concrete/25161/
4.https://spaceplace.nasa.gov/laser/en/
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 1
CO2 3 1 1
CO3 3 1 1
CO4 3 1 1
CO5 3 1
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz or Tutorial Class 5
Understand Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Bloom’s Theory Marks Practical
Examination
Level IAE-I IAE-II IAE-III Attendance Rubric based (Theory)
[7.5 ] [7.5] [10] [5] CIA [50 marks]
[20 Marks]
Remember 10 10 10 - 20
Understand 35 35 35 40 70
Apply 5 5 5 60 10
Analyse - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - -
Create - - - - -
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

PROBLEM SOLVING USING PYTHON L T P C

20CS201
( Common to all Branches) 3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Engineering Sciences

Pre requisites Mathematical and Logical Knowledge

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To think logically and write algorithm and draw flow charts for problems.
2. To read and write simple Python programs.
3. To develop Python programs with conditionals and loops.
4. To define Python functions and call them.
5. To use Python data structures –- lists, tuples, dictionaries and files.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Develop algorithmic solutions to simple computational problems and
CO1 Apply
read, write, execute by simple python programs.
CO2 Structure simple python programs for solving problems. Understand
Administer the role of control statements and functions involving the
CO3 Apply
idea of modularity.
CO4 Represent compound data using python strings and lists. Apply

CO5 Read and write data from/to files in python Programs. Understand

Course Contents:

Unit I Basics of Computers & Problem Solving 9

Computer Basics – Components-Computer organization - Computer Software- Types of software
- Software Development steps -Need for logical analysis and thinking- Algorithms – Flowchart -
Number system.
Unit II Introduction of Python Programming 9
Introduction-Python Interpreter-Interactive and script mode -Values and types, variables,
operators, expressions, statements, precedence of operators, Multiple assignments, comments,
Input and Output Statements.
Unit III Control statements and Functions 9
Conditional (if), alternative (if-else), chained conditional (if-elif-else)-Iteration-while, for, break,
continue, pass – Functions - Introduction, inbuilt functions, user defined functions, passing
parameters, return values, recursion, Lambda functions.
Unit IV Strings and Lists 9
Strings-String slices, immutability, string methods and operations -Lists-creating lists, list
operations, list methods, mutability, aliasing, cloning lists, list and strings, list and functions-list
processing-list comprehension, searching and sorting.

Unit V Tuples, Dictionaries and Files 9

Tuples- Tuple assignment, lists and tuples, Tuple as return value- Dictionaries-operations and
methods, Files and Exception-Text files, reading and writing files, format Operator, Exception
handling.

TOTAL: 45 Periods
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

Laboratory Components
S. No. List of Experiments CO Mapping RBT
1 Write a algorithm & draw flowchart for simple
CO1 Understand
computational problems
Write a program to perform different arithmetic operations
2 CO2 Understand
on numbers in python.
Write a python program to implement the various control
3 CO3 Apply
structures
Write a python program for computational problems using
4 CO3 Apply
recursive function.
5 Demonstrate use of list for data validation. CO4 Apply

6 Develop a python program to explore string functions CO4 Analyze

7 Implement linear search and binary search. CO4 Apply

8 Develop a python program to implement sorting methods CO4 Analyze

Develop python programs to perform operations on
9 CO5 Analyze
dictionaries.
10 Write a python program to read and write into a file CO5 Apply

TOTAL: 30 Periods
Text Books:
1. Reema Thareja, "Problem Solving and Programming with Python”, Oxford University
Press, 2018
2. Dr. R. Nageswara Rao, “Core Python Programming”, Dreamtech Press, 2017 Edition

Reference Books:
1. Kenneth A. Lambert, “Fundamentals of Python: First Programs”, CENGAGE Learning,
2012
2. Ashok Namdev Kamthane, Amit Ashok Kamthane, “Programming and Problem Solving
with Python” , Mc-Graw Hill Education, 2018.
3. Charles Dierbach, “Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational
Problem Solving Focus”, Wiley India Edition, 2013
4. Timothy A. Budd,” Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 3 1
CO2 3 2 1 3 1
CO3 3 2 2 3 1
CO4 3 2 2 3 1
CO5 3 2 2 3 1
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

Formative assessment

Bloom’s
Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment
Theory Marks Practical Final
Bloom’s Rubric based Examination
IAE-I IAE-II IAE-III Attendance (Theory)
Level CIA
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] [50 marks]
[20 Marks]
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 20 20 20 30 50
Apply 20 20 20 50 30
Analyse - - - 20 -
Evaluate - - - - -
Create - - - - -
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

L T P C
20AE201 Aeronautical Engineering Practices Laboratory
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Engineering Science
Pre requisites Fundamentals of science

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To provide hands on training in foundry practice
2. To practice butt joints, lap joints and T- joints by Metal arc welding.
3. To fabricate models using sheet metal
4. To make joints using carpentry tools.
5. To build pipeline joints as per location and functional requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to do

CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO 1 Construct green sand mould in foundry Apply
CO 2 Experiment with arc welding equipments to join the structures Apply
CO 3 Make the models using sheet metal Apply
CO 4 fabricate joints in carpentry components Apply
Carry out basic machining operations and pipe connections including
CO 5 Apply
plumbing works

Laboratory Components
S.No Exercises CO Mapping Blooms Level
Foundry
1 Preparation of green sand mould 1 Apply
Welding
2 Lap joint using Arc welding 2 Apply
3 Butt joint using Arc welding 2 Apply
4 Tee joint using Arc welding 2 Apply
Sheet metal
5 Fabrication of tray using sheet metal 3 Apply
6 Fabrication of cone using sheet metal 3 Apply
Carpentry
7 Cross lap joint using wood 4 Apply
8 Tee lap joint using wood 4 Apply
9 Dove-tail joint using wood 4 Apply
Special Machines
10 Drilling of hole in the given work piece 5 Apply
Plumbing
11 External thread cutting 5 Apply
12 Domestic water pipe line connection 5 Apply
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

Assorted components for plumbing consisting of metallic

1. pipes, plastic pipes, flexible pipes, couplings, unions, 15 Sets.
elbows, plugs and other fittings
2. Carpentry vice (fitted to work bench) 15 Nos
3. Standard woodworking tools 15 Sets.
4. Arc welding transformer with cables and holders 5 Nos
5. Welding booth with exhaust facility 5 Nos
Welding accessories like welding shield, chipping
6. 5 Nos
hammer, wire brush, etc
7. Moulding table, foundry tools 2 sets
8. Hand Drilling Machine 1 Nos

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Summative Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Final
Rubric based Continuous
Bloom’s Level Examination
Assessment [50 marks]
[50 marks]
Remember
Understand 20 20
Apply 30 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES L T P C
20MC201 (Common to Agriculture, Food Technology, Aero, Civil,
2 0 0 0
Mechanical and Fire &Safety Engineering)
Nature of Course Mandatory Course

Prerequisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Understand the concept of eco system and environment.
2. Become conversant with ecological balance and values of bio diversity.
3. Know the role of human in prevention of pollution and making a clean environment.
4. Get knowledge about conservation of non conventional energy resources.
5. Study about the nature and management of e-waste and solid waste.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Describe the ecosystem and environment Understand
CO2 Understand the ecological balance and preservation of bio diversity Understand
CO3 Demonstrate various types of pollution in order to control pollution Apply
Classify the energy sources for the conservation of non conventional
CO4 Understand
energy sources
CO5 Identify the nature and management of e-waste and solid waste Apply

Course Contents
Unit-I Ecosystem 6
Eco system-Food chains, Food webs and Ecological pyramids. Ecosystem-(a) Forest eco system,(b)
Aquatic eco system(pond ecosystem and marine ecosystem).

Unit-II Biodiversity 6
Introduction to Bio diversity, Values of Bio diversity, Threads to Bio diversity, Endangered and
Endemic species of India, Hotspots of biodiversity. Conservation of Bio diversity: In-Situ and Ex-Situ
conservation of bio diversity.

Unit-III Environmental Pollution 6

Definition, Causes, Effects and Control of (a) Air pollution (b) Water pollution (c) Soil pollution.
Electrostatic Precipitator for controlling air pollution

Unit-IV Non Conventional Energy Resources 6

Introduction, Types: Solar Energy, Wind Energy and Geo Thermal Energy.

Unit-V Environmental Management 6

Sustainable Development, Role of Information technology in Environment and Human.HIV and
AIDS: causes and control measures. Green chemistry: Definition and Principles

Activity Component
S. No Name of the Experiment CO Mapping RBT
1 Field study of simple eco system: pond, river and hill slopes CO1 Understand

2 Case study regarding environmental management CO5 Apply

 B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)
Total: 30 periods
TextBooks
1. AnubhaKaushik and C.P. Kaushik, “Environmental Science and Engineering, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2015.
2. V. Kumar, “An Introduction to Green Chemistry” Vishal publishing Co. Reprint Edition,2010.

Reference Books
1. Masters, Gilbert M, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science”, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2012.
2. Santosh Kumar Garg andRajeshwariGarg“Ecological and Environmental Studies”,Khanna
Publishers, NaiSarak, Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2014.

Additional Resources
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122103039/38
2. https://bch.cbd.int/cms/ui/collaboration/download/download.aspx?id=909
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102089/air%20pollution%20(Civil)/Module-3/3a.htm
4. www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428910296.pdf
5. nptel.ac.in/courses/120108004/module7/lecture8.pdf

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3

CO1 3 3

CO2 3 3

CO3 3 3

CO4 3 3

CO5 3 3

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Final Examination
IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3
Category
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
B.E Aeronautical Engineering(R-2020)
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Language Elective - I
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH L T P C
20ENE01
(Common to all B.E. / B.Tech. Programmes) 2 0 2 3
Nature of Course Humanities and Social Science
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Improve lexical, grammatical and semantic competence.
2. Enhance communicative skills in real life situations.
3. Augment thinking in all forms of communication.
4. Equip with oral and written communication skills.
5. Gain employability skills.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Use effectively the lexical, grammatical and semantic knowledge Remember

CO2 Communicate with clarity using intentional vocabulary in English Apply

Articulate perfectly and express their opinions confidently using

CO3 Remember
communicative strategies

CO4 Accomplish listening and reading skills for lifelong learning Understand

CO5 Comprehend, interpret and present data Understand

Course Contents

Unit - I Basic structure and Usage 6

Parts of Speech –- Articles –Tenses - Subject-Verb Agreement – Different Grammatical forms of the
same word - Listening to Speeches and Conversations from Communication software – Listening to
Announcements – Listening and Gap Filling.

Unit - II Vocabulary and Language Development 6

Intentional vocabulary used in and around Airport, Hospital, Hotel, Court –Abbreviations and
acronyms - One Word Substitution - Compound words– Homophones and Homonyms – Types of
sentences -Ordering Jumbled Sentences Letter writing – informal.

Unit –III Oral Communication Skills 6

Improving fluency – Articulation with pronunciation – Voice modulation in Speaking – One minute
talk -Self Introduction and introducing ones friend – Telephonic conversations – Group Discussion –
Modal Auxiliaries –discourse markers.

Unit –IV Comprehensive Listening and Reading 6

Effective listening Strategies –– Listening to Interviews from Communication software– Phrasal
verbs – Reading Comprehension – “An Astrologer’s Day” by R.K.Narayan and “Building a New
State” by Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam.

Unit – V Effective Writing 6

Interpretation and presentation of data – developing Hints – general essays and paragraph writing –
Report Writing – survey report and accident report - Instructions and Recommendations.

Total: 30 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Laboratory Components

S. No. List of Exercises CO Mapping RBT

1 Role-play – One minute talk 3 Understand
2 Role-play – Telephonic conversations 3 Understand
3 Listening to speeches and lectures and gap filling 4 Understand
4 Group Discussion. 4 Understand

5 Articulation with pronunciation practice 3 Apply

Understand
6 Listening to Announcements – Listening and Gap Filling 4
Understand
7 Listening to Interviews & Native speakers’ Conversations 4
Reading practice with articles in magazine and news
8 papers. 4 Understand

9 Model – Job Interviews 4 Understand

10 Introspective report – Personal analysis 5 Understand
11 Telephone etiquette 3 Remember
12 Reading – Shorter texts and News Articles 4 Understand
13 Role Play – Getting and Giving Permission 3 Remember

14 Self Introduction( Formal ) 3 Understand

15 Recommendations/Suggestions 3 Apply

Total: 30 Periods

Text Books
1. Rizvi, Ashraf M., “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2007.
2. Board of Editers,“Using English – A Coursebook for Undergraduate Engineers and
Technologists”, Orient BlackSwan Private Limited, Hyderabad, 2nd Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha Sharma, “Technical Communication”,Oxford University
Press, USA, 10th Edition, 2007.
2. John Cunnison Catford, “A Practical Introduction to Phonetics”, Clarendon Press, Jamaica,
2nd Edition, 2001.
3. Hewings. M, “Advanced English Grammar”,Cambridge University Press, Chennai, 3rd
Edition, 2000.
4. S P Dhanavel “English and Soft Skills”, Orient BlackSwan Private Limited, Hyderabad, 1st
Edition, 2010.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 3 2 2 2
CO2 1 3 2 2 2
CO3 1 3 2 2 2
CO4 1 3 2 2 2
CO5 1 3 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total
Level Assessment Component Marks marks

Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5

Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment

Continuous Assessment Final

Examination
Bloom’s Theory Marks Practical (Theory)
Level
IAE-I IAE-II IAE -III Attendance Rubric based CIA [50 marks]
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] [20 Marks]
Remember 20 20 20 40 40
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 10 10 10 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Advanced Communicative English L T P C

20ENE02
(Common to all B.E./ B.Tech Programmes) 2 0 2 3
Nature of Course Humanities and Social Sciences
Pre requisites Basics of Communicative English

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Demonstrate satisfactory control over complex structures and mechanics in English.
2. Develop fluency and accuracy in oral communication.
3. Communicate effectively and actively in social interactions.
4. Read English at inspectional level.
5. Face interviews with confidence.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Apply knowledge of English grammar for effective communication Remember

CO2 Make use of common English phrases and vocabulary strength. Understand

CO3 Build self-confidence and enhance professionalism Apply

CO4 Implement listening, reading and writing skills in real - life situations Apply
Speak fluently in English with proper pronunciation, intonation, tone and
CO5 Understand
accent.

Course Contents
Unit – I Grammar and usage 6
Active voice and passive voice – Prefixes and suffixes – Connotation – Clauses - If conditionals –
Idioms & Phrases - Right forms of verbs– Modal Auxiliaries - Spotting errors.

Unit - II Lexical competence 6

Technical Vocabulary- Expressions – Frequency – Cause and effect - Words often Miss-spelled –
Syntax and structure - Homophones and Homonyms- Verbal analogy - Idioms and Phrases.

Unit - III Conversational etiquette 6

Processes description– Tone and accent in speech– Role-play (Job-Interview) – Presentation skills
– Mechanics of presentation - Telephone etiquette – Group Discussion strategy - Formal & Informal
subjective and objective introduction – Body Language – Mock Interview

Unit – IV Listening reading and writing 6

Listen to Scientific/Technical talks and gap filling – Listening to TED/INK Talks – Reading – “Water:
The Elixir of Life” by Sir. C.V.Raman. “Progress” by St. John Ervine - Instructions and
Recommendations – Letter writing formal –Job application- Report writing–Introspective report –
Creative writing – Essays and Paragraphs.

Unit – V Phonetics 6
Production and classification of speech sound – International Phonetic Alphabet and transcriptions –
Phonological rules – way and Place of articulation – Vowels, consonants and diphthongs. Specific
characteristics feature of vowel sounds.
Total: 30Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Laboratory Components
S. No. List of Exercises CO Mapping RBT
1 Role-play – Processes Description 2 Remember

2 Listening to TED/INK Talks and gap filling 4 Understand

3 Group Discussion 3 Understand
4 Articulation with pronunciation practice 3 Apply
Reading – Longer texts and Technical Articles Apply
5 4
(Skimming & Scanning).
6 Presentation skills – Mechanics of presentation 5 Understand

7 Individual presentation on given topics 5 Remember

8 Telephone etiquette 5 Understand

9 Instructions and Recommendations 5 Remember

10 Writing – General Essays. 4 Apply

11 Report writing technique- write up 4 Remember

12 Introspective report – Personal analysis 4 Understand

13 Model Job Interviews 3 Understand

14 Job Interviews(Role play) 3 Apply

15 Body Language 3 Understand

Total: 30 Periods
Text Books
1. Rizvi, Ashraf.M, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2007.
2. Hewings. M, “Advanced English Grammar”, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press,
Chennai, 5th Edition, 2000.
3. Board of Editers, “Using English – A Coursebook for Undergraduate Engineers and
Technologists”, Orient BlackSwan Private Limited, Hyderabad, 2nd Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Raman M &Sangeetha Sharma, “Technical Communication”,Oxford University
Press,USA,10thEdition,2007.
2. John CunnisonCatford, “A Practical Introduction to Phonetics”,Clarendon Press,
Jamaica,2nd Edition, 2001.
3. Norman Whitby, Business Benchmark – “Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate, Students Book”,
Cambridge University Press, 1st Edition, 2006.
4. DhanavelS. P., “English and Soft Skills”, 1stEdition, Orient Black Swan Private Limited,
Hyderabad, 1st Edition, 2010.

Web reference:

1. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/tesol-speaking/video-2-listening-strategies-for-learners-
3AeBL?utm_source=mobile&utm_medium=page_share&utm_content=vlp&utm_campaign=
top_button
2. blob:https://www.youtube.com/73f7256d-d302-4563-bed5-9e84c94a26ac
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
Pos PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 2 2
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 3 1 2 2
CO4 3 1 2 2
CO5 3 1 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total
Level Assessment Component Marks marks

Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5

Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment Final
Bloom’s Level Examination
Theory Marks Practical
(Theory)
IAE-I IAE-II IAE -III Attendance Rubric based CIA
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] [20 Marks] [50 marks]

Remember 20 20 20 40 40
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 10 10 10 20 20
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Language Elective – II
Advanced Communicative English L T P C
20ENE02
(Common to all B.E./ B.Tech Programmes) 2 0 2 3
Nature of Course Humanities and Social Sciences
Pre requisites Basics of Communicative English

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Demonstrate satisfactory control over complex structures and mechanics in English.
2. Develop fluency and accuracy in oral communication.
3. Communicate effectively and actively in social interactions.
4. Read English at inspectional level.
5. Face interviews with confidence.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Apply knowledge of English grammar for effective communication Remember

CO2 Make use of common English phrases and vocabulary strength. Understand

CO3 Build self-confidence and enhance professionalism Apply

CO4 Implement listening, reading and writing skills in real - life situations Apply
Speak fluently in English with proper pronunciation, intonation, tone and
CO5 Understand
accent.

Course Contents

Unit – I Grammar and usage 6

Active voice and passive voice – Prefixes and suffixes – Connotation – Clauses - If conditionals –
Idioms & Phrases - Right forms of verbs– Modal Auxiliaries - Spotting errors.

Unit - II Lexical competence 6

Technical Vocabulary- Expressions – Frequency – Cause and effect - Words often Miss-spelled –
Syntax and structure - Homophones and Homonyms- Verbal analogy - Idioms and Phrases.

Unit - III Conversational etiquette 6

Processes description– Tone and accent in speech– Role-play (Job-Interview) – Presentation skills
– Mechanics of presentation - Telephone etiquette – Group Discussion strategy - Formal & Informal
subjective and objective introduction – Body Language – Mock Interview

Unit – IV Listening reading and writing 6

Listen to Scientific/Technical talks and gap filling – Listening to TED/INK Talks – Reading – “Water:
The Elixir of Life” by Sir. C.V.Raman. “Progress” by St. John Ervine - Instructions and
Recommendations – Letter writing formal –Job application- Report writing–Introspective report –
Creative writing – Essays and Paragraphs.

Unit – V Phonetics 6
Production and classification of speech sound – International Phonetic Alphabet and transcriptions –
Phonological rules – way and Place of articulation – Vowels, consonants and diphthongs. Specific
characteristics feature of vowel sounds.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Total: 30Periods

Laboratory Components
S. No. List of Exercises CO Mapping RBT
1 Role-play – Processes Description 2 Remember

2 Listening to TED/INK Talks and gap filling 4 Understand

3 Group Discussion 3 Understand
4 Articulation with pronunciation practice 3 Apply
Reading – Longer texts and Technical Articles Apply
5 4
(Skimming & Scanning).
6 Presentation skills – Mechanics of presentation 5 Understand

7 Individual presentation on given topics 5 Remember

8 Telephone etiquette 5 Understand

9 Instructions and Recommendations 5 Remember

10 Writing – General Essays. 4 Apply

11 Report writing technique- write up 4 Remember

12 Introspective report – Personal analysis 4 Understand

13 Model Job Interviews 3 Understand

14 Job Interviews(Role play) 3 Apply

15 Body Language 3 Understand

Total: 30 Periods
Text Books
1. Rizvi, Ashraf.M, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2007.
2. Hewings. M, “Advanced English Grammar”, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press,
Chennai, 5th Edition, 2000.
3. Board of Editers, “Using English – A Coursebook for Undergraduate Engineers and
Technologists”, Orient BlackSwan Private Limited, Hyderabad, 2nd Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Raman M &Sangeetha Sharma, “Technical Communication”,Oxford University
Press,USA,10thEdition,2007.
2. John CunnisonCatford, “A Practical Introduction to Phonetics”,Clarendon Press,
Jamaica,2nd Edition, 2001.
3. Norman Whitby, Business Benchmark – “Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate, Students Book”,
Cambridge University Press, 1st Edition, 2006.
4. DhanavelS. P., “English and Soft Skills”, 1stEdition, Orient Black Swan Private Limited,
Hyderabad, 1st Edition, 2010.

Web reference:
1. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/tesol-speaking/video-2-listening-strategies-for-learners-
3AeBL?utm_source=mobile&utm_medium=page_share&utm_content=vlp&utm_campaign=
top_button
2. blob:https://www.youtube.com/73f7256d-d302-4563-bed5-9e84c94a26ac
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
Pos PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 2 2
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 3 1 2 2
CO4 3 1 2 2
CO5 3 1 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total
Level Assessment Component Marks marks

Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5

Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment Final
Bloom’s Level Examination
Theory Marks Practical
(Theory)
IAE-I IAE-II IAE -III Attendance Rubric based CIA
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] [20 Marks] [50 marks]

Remember 20 20 20 40 40
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 10 10 10 20 20
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20ENE03 HINDI 2 0 2 3
Nature of Course Humanities and Social Sciences
Pre requisites Basic Perceptive of Language

Course Objectives
The course is intended for learners.
1. To help students acquire the basics of Hindi
2. To teach them how to converse in Hindi on simple day-to-day situations
3. To help students acquire the ability to understand a simple technical text in Hindi

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Construct simple sentences and use vocabulary required for day- Remember
to- day conversation
CO2 Distinguish and understand the basic sounds of Hindi language. Remember
CO3 Appear for Hindi examinations conducted by Dakshin Bharat Hindi Remember
Preacher Sabha.
CO4 Distinguish the words used in daily life Remember
CO5 Express individual opinion and speak fluently in Hindi Remember

Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction 6
Hindi Alphabet: Introduction - Vowels - Consonants - Plosives - Fricatives - Nasal sounds -
vowel Signs- Chandra Bindu & Visarg -Table of Alphabet -Vocabulary.

UNIT II: Reading 6

Nouns: Genders (Masculine & Feminine Nouns long vowels and short vowels - -Masculine &
Feminine - Reading Exercises

UNIT III: Grammar 6

Pronouns and Tenses: Categories of Pronouns - Personal Pronouns - Second person you &
honorific) - Definite & Indefinite pronouns - Relative pronouns - Present tense - Past tense -
Future tense - Assertive & Negative Sentences – Interrogative Sentences.

UNITI V: Vocabulary 6
Classified Vocabulary: Parts of body - Relatives - Spices - Eatables - Fruit & Vegetables - Clothes -
Directions - Seasons - Professions

UNIT V: Speaking 6
Speaking: Model Sentences and Rhymes - Speaking practice for various occasions.

Total: 30 Periods

Reference:

1. Hindi Preacher Vahini-1 by Dakshin Bharat Hindi Preacher Sabha Chennai

2. B.R.Kishore, Self Hindi Teacher for Non-Hindi Speaking People,
VeeKumar Publications(P)Ltd., NewDelhi,2009
3. Videos, Stories, Rhymes andSongs.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
Pos PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3

CO1 3 1 2 2
CO2 3 1 2 2

CO3 3 1 2 2

CO4 3 1 2 2

CO5 3 1 2 2

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total marks
Level Assessment Component Marks
Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5
Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment Final
Bloom’s Level Theory Marks Practical Examination
(Theory)
IAE-I IAE-II IAE -III Attendance Rubric based
[50 marks]
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] CIA
[20 Marks]
Remember 20 20 20 40 40
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 10 10 10 20 20
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20ENE04 FRENCH 2 0 2 3
Nature of Course Humanities and Social Sciences
Pre requisites Basic Perceptive of Language

Course Objectives
The course is intended for learners.
1. To prepare the students for DELFA1 Examination.
2. To teach them to converse fluently in French in day-to-day scenarios.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

Acquire familiarity in the French alphabet &basic vocabulary
CO1 Remember

CO2 listen and identify individual sounds of French Remember

CO3 Use basic sounds and words whiles peaking Remember

CO4 Read and understand short passages on familiar topics Understand

CO5 Understand and use basic grammar and appropriate vocabulary in Understand
completing language tasks

Course Contents:

UNIT I: Entrer En Contact 6

La langue francaise, alphabets, les numeros, les jours, les mois.
Grammaire Les verbes s''appeler,etre, avoir, les articles definis, indefinis Communication -
Saluer, s''informer sur quelquun, demander de se presenter Lexique - Les alphabets, les
nationalites, age, les pays, les couleurs, les jours de la semaine, les mois de l''annee, les
professions

UNIT II :Partager Son Lieu De Vie 6

Lesfrancaisetleur habitat, des habitation s in solitesGrammaire- Verbes - Conjugaison : Present
(Avoir / etre / ER, IR, RE : RegulieretIrregulier) –AdjectifsldelieuCommunication - Chercher un
logement, d''ecrire son voisin, s''informersur un logementLexique - L''habitat, les pieces,
l''equipement, la descriptionphysiqu

UNIT III: Vivre Au Quotidien 6

Grammaire - Articles contractes, verbesvouloir, pouvoir, devoir, adjective interrogative, future
proche Communication- Exprimersesgouts, parler de sesloisirs, justifier un choix,
exprimeruneenvieLexique - le temps libreet les loisirs, les saisons, les activitesquotidiennes, le
temps (lematin, le soir, lanuit)

UNIT IV: Comprendre Son EnvironnementOuvrir La Culture 6

Grammaire - Verbes- Finir, Sortir, les adjectifsdemonstratifs, le passe compose, l''imparfait
Communication - Propose aÃ?ÂÂquelqu''''un de faire quelque chose, raconteur une sortie au
passeparlerunfilmLexique - Les sorties, la famille, art, les vetementsetlesaccessoires
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V: Gouter ALa Campagne 6

Grammaire La forme negative, les verbesacheter, manger, payer, articles partitifs, le pronomen de
quantite Communication Accepter et refuse rune invitation, donner des instructions, commander au
restaurant Lexique Les services et les commerces, les aliments, les ustensiles, argent.

Total: 30 Periods

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 3
CO5 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks
Total marks

Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5

Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment Final
Bloom’s Level Theory Marks Practical Examination
(Theory)
IAE-I IAE-II IAE -III Attendance Rubric based CIA
[50 marks]
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] [20 Marks]

Remember 20 20 20 40 40
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 10 10 10 20 20
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20ENE05 GERMAN 2 0 2 3
Nature of Course Humanities and Social Sciences
Pre requisites Basic Perceptive of Language

Course Objectives
The course is intended for learners.
1. To help students appear for the A1 level Examination
2. To teach them how to converse fluently in German in day-to-day scenarios

Course Outcome
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 listen and identify individual sounds of German Remember
CO2 use basic sounds and words while speaking Remember

CO3 read and understand short passages on familiar topics Remember

CO4 use basic sentence structures while writing Understand

CO5 understand and use basic grammar and appropriate vocabulary Understand
in completing language tasks

Course Contents:

UNITI Introduction 6
Introduction to German language: Alphabet - Numbers - Greetings - Days and Seasons- Working
with Dictionary

UNITII Pronunciation 6
Nouns - articles - Speaking about one self - Listening to CD supplied with the books, paying special
attention to pronunciation

UNIT III Basic Syntax 6

Regular & Irregular verbs - Personal pronouns - family - Introduction to type’s of sentences

UNITIV Vocabulary 6
Question words-Types of Questions - Nominative case- Verb Conjugation - country - nationalities

UNIT V: Action Words 6

Verbs - to be & to have - conjugation - Hobbys - Framing basic Questions and answers
Total: 30 Periods
Reference(s)

1. Kursbuch and Arbeitsbuch, NETZWERK A1 DEUTSCH ALSFREMDSPRACHE,Goyal

Publishers & Distributers Pvt. Ltd., NewDelhi,2015
2. Langenscheidt Eurodictionary - German - English / English - German, Goyal Publishers &
Distributers Pvt. Ltd., NewDelhi,2009
3. Grundkurs, DEUTSCH LehrbuchHueber Munichen,2007
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 3
CO5 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Understand Quiz / Presentation/Tutorial 5

Understand Assignment/Video presentation 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative assessment
Continuous Assessment Final
Bloom’s Level Theory Marks Practical Examination
(Theory)
IAE-I IAE-II IAE -III Attendance Rubric based CIA
[50 marks]
[7.5] [7.5] [10] [5] [20 Marks]

Remember 20 20 20 40 40
Understand 20 20 20 40 40
Apply 10 10 10 20 20
Analyse
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

TRANSFORMS AND BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS L T P C

20MA301
(Common to Aero, Mech, S&F,Civil, FT and Agri) 3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Pre requisites Mathematics-I & II for Mechanical, Building and Bio Sciences

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize linear and non-linear partial differential equations with different
methods.
2. Acquire the knowledge of Fourier series.
3. Acquaint with the Fourier series techniques in solving one dimensional wave and
heat equations.
4. Learn the concept of Fourier transforms and it’s inverse.
5. Introduce the concept of Z-transforms and difference equations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Classify the linear and non-linear partial differential equations. Understand

CO2 Determine the Fourier series expansion. Apply

CO3 Interpret the solution of boundary value problems. Understand

CO4 Apply transform techniques to solve engineering problems. Apply
CO5 Illustrate the Z-transforms and difference equations. Understand

Course Contents:

UNIT I Partial Differential Equations 12

Solution of standard types of first order non-linear partial differential equations: (i) f(p, q)=0, (ii)
Clairaut’s type - Lagrange’s linear equation - Homogeneous linear partial differential equations of
second and higher order with constant coefficients (R.H.S =Constant, ���+�� , ���(�� + ��) ,
���(�� + ��)).

UNITII Fourier analysis 12

Condition for Fourier expansion -Fourier series for periodic functions- Determination of Fourier
coefficients - Expansion of periodic functions with Period (0, 2L) and period (0, 2 ) -Root mean
square value on Fourier coefficients - Parseval’s identity

UNIT III Boundary Value Problems 12

Classification of Partial differential equations–Method of separation of variables – Solutions of one
dimensional wave equation – Solutions of one dimensional heat equation

UNIT IV Fourier Transforms 12

Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms pair: Fourier transforms and Inverse
Fourier transforms – Fourier sine transforms -Fourier cosine transforms – Transforms of simple
functions – Parseval’s identity.

UNIT V Z - Transforms and Difference Equations 12

Z-transforms - Properties – Inverse Z-transform: partial fraction and Convolution theorem -
Formation of difference equations –Solution of difference equations using Z – transform.
Total: 60 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. Grewal B.S, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition, 2017.
2. Veerarajan. T., "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition, 2016.

Reference Books:
1. Bali N.P and Manish Goyal, “A Text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Lakshmi
Publications Pvt Ltd, 9th Edition, 2016.
2. Ramana.B.V,”Higher Engineering Mathematics", Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company
Limited, 4th Edition, 2016.
3. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", Wiley India Publications, 10th
Edition, 2015.

Additional References:
1. https://pvpsitrealm.blogspot.com/2016/09/higher-engineering-mathematics-by-bs.html
2. https://reference.wolfram.com/language/tutorial/DSolvePartialDifferentialEquations.html

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3
0 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
5
Attendance

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE301 Aero Engineering Thermodynamics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To study Thermodynamics quantitative analysis of machine and processes for
transformation of energy and between work and heat.
2. To learn Laws of thermodynamics would be able to quantify through measurement of related
properties, to these energies and their interactions.
3. To introduce basic concept of air cycle and introduce the concept of a pure substance,
vapour cycles.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Apply the first law of thermodynamics for simple open and closed
CO1 Apply
systems under steady and unsteady conditions.
Apply second law of thermodynamics to open and closed systems
CO2 Apply
and calculate entropy and availability.
Apply thermodynamic concepts to different air standard cycles and
CO3 Apply
solve problems.
Illustrate the importance of steam for heat transfer, Construct
CO4 Understand
phase and phase changes processes of pure substances
Apply Rankine cycle to steam power plant and compare few cycle
CO5 Apply
improvement methods.
Course contents:
UNIT I Fundamental Concept and First Law 9
Concept of continuum, macroscopic approach, thermodynamic systems - closed, open and isolated.
Property, state, path and process, quasi-static process, work, internal energy, enthalpy, specific
heat capacities and heat transfer, SFEE, application of SFEE to jet engine components, First law of
thermodynamics, relation between pressure, volume and temperature for various processes, Zeroth
law of thermodynamics.

UNIT II Second Law and Entropy 9

Second law of thermodynamics-Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements of second law, Reversibility
and Irreversibility, Thermal reservoir, Carnot theorem, Carnot cycle, Reversed Carnot cycle,
efficiency, COP, Clausius inequality and Concept of entropy

UNIT III Air Standard Cycles 10

Otto, Diesel, Dual, and Brayton cycles - air standard efficiency - mean effective pressure.

UNIT IV Introduction and Properties of Pure Substance 8

Properties of pure substances - solid, liquid and vapour phases, phase rule, p-v, p-T, T-v, T-s, h-s
diagrams, p-v-T surfaces, thermodynamic properties of steam - calculations of work done and heat
transfer in non-flow and flow processes.

UNIT V Vapour Power Cycles 9

Problems on Ideal and actual Rankine cycles, Cycle Improvement Methods - Reheat and
Regenerative cycles
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

(Use of Standard and approved Steam Table and Mollier Chart permitted)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nag.P.K. “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 6th Edition 2017.
2. R.K.Rajput, “A Text Book of Engineering Thermodynamics “5th Edition, 2017.
3. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach”
McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 9th Edition 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajput. R.K, “Thermal Engineering” S.Chand publishers, 2017
2. Borgnakke & Sonnatag, “Fundamental of Thermodynamics”, 8th Edition, 2016.
3. Chattopadhyay, P, "Engineering Thermodynamics", Oxford University Press, 2016.
4. Michael J. Moran, Howard N. Shapiro, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”,
8th Edition
5. Holman.J.P. “Thermodynamics”, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007.

ADDITIONAL REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105123/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=94kWpTURhVU
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b5SPb6NHna4

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO4 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Engineering Materials and Metallurgy L T P C

20AE302
(Common to Aero & Mech) 3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Core
Pre requisites Physics for Mechanical science

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge on the phase diagram of Iron and Steel.
2. Provide knowledge on Heat treatments of Steels.
3. Impart knowledge on ferrous and non ferrous alloys.
4. Provide knowledge on non metallic materials
5. Select suitable testing methods to determine the Engineering properties of materials.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Relate the phase changes, structures, properties and applications of
Understand
steel and cast iron
CO 2 Classify the process of heat treatment of steels Understand

CO 3 Relate the behaviour of Ferrous and Non Ferrous Alloys. Understand

CO 4 Demonstrate the process, structure and applications of Non metals and

Understand
Composites.
CO 5 Identify the behaviour of materials under Various loading conditions. Apply

Course Contents
Unit –I Alloys and Phase Diagrams 9
Constitution of alloys – Phase diagrams, Isomorphous, eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic, and peritectoid
reactions, Iron – carbon equilibrium diagram. Classification of steel and cast Iron - White, Malleable,
Grey, Spheroidal, microstructure, properties and applications.
Unit –II Heat Treatment of Steel 9
Definition – Full annealing, stress relief, recrystallization and spheroidising – normalising, hardening
and Tempering of steel, Hardenability-Jominy end quench test - Austempering, martempering –
case hardening, carburizing, nitriding and cyaniding – Flame and Induction hardening.
Unit –III Ferrous and Nonferrous Alloys 9
Effect of alloying additions on steel - Stainless and tool steels – HSLA, Maraging steels –-– alloy
cast irons, Copper alloys – Al-Cu alloys – precipitation strengthening treatment – Bearing alloys,
Mg-alloys, Ni-based super alloys and Titanium alloys.
Unit –IV Non Metallic Materials 9
Polymers – types of polymer, commodity and engineering polymers – Properties and applications of
various thermosetting and thermoplastic polymer–PE, PP,PVC, ABS, PMMA, PS, Urea and Phenol
formaldehydes- Engineering Ceramics - Al2O3, SiC, Si3N4 and SIALON –Introduction to smart and
composite materials.
Unit –V Mechanical Properties and Testing 9
Mechanisms of plastic deformation, slip and twinning – Types of fracture – Testing of materials
under tension, compression and shear loads – Brinnel and Vickers Hardness tests, Impact test -
lzod and Charpy, fatigue and creep tests.
Total : 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books
1. Williams D Callister, “Material Science and Engineering” 2nd edition Wiley India Pvt Ltd,
Revised Indian Edition 2014.
2. Kenneth G.Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, “Engineering Materials”, Prentice Hall of India
Private Limited, 9th Indian Reprint 2009.
Reference Books
1. Dieter, G.E.,”Mechanical Metallurgy”, 3rd edition McGraw-Hill, 2017.
2. Raghavan.V, “Materials Science and Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 6th
edition 2015.
3. Upadhyay. G.S. and AnishUpadhyay, “Materials Science and Engineering”, Viva Books Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
Additional / Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/108/112108150/#
2. http://www.issp.ac.ru/ebooks/books/open/Materials_Science_and_Technology.pdf
3. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1rtZisK2pKpi8JCFzg4Pboo7Kf5fKyjwa/view

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 1 2 3
0
CO 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO 4 2 3 2 2 2
CO 5 2 3 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE303 Manufacturing Technology
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering physics, Chemistry

Course Objectives:
1. Study the sand mould casting and special casting processes.
2. Learn various metal joining processes and applications.
3. Provide the information on machine tools and machining operations.
4. Rendering information on types of plastic and their forming processes.
5. Knowledge on metal forming processes and powder metallurgy.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. Bloom's
Course Outcome
No. Level
CO1 Apply the knowledge on metal casting processes in the industry. Understand
Discuss the practices on welding equipment’s and its processes to
CO2 Understand
join metals.
CO3 Classify and explain the machine tools and machining operations. Understand
CO4 Explain the various types of plastics in industrial applications. Understand
Utilize the knowledge and importance of metal forming process and
CO5 Understand
powder metallurgy.

Course Contents:

UNIT I Casting 9
Casting types, procedure to make sand mould, types of core making, moulding tools, special
moulding processes - CO2 moulding, shell moulding, investment mounding, pressure die casting,
centrifugal casting, continuous casting, casting defects

UNIT II Welding 9
Classifications - Principles of Oxy-acetylene gas welding, Metal arc welding, resistance welding,
submerged arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding, metal inert gas welding, plasma arc welding,
Electron beam welding, laser beam welding, defects in welding, soldering and brazing.

UNIT III Machining 10

Principles and operations - Lathe, Shaper, Planer, Milling, Drilling and Grinding machines, Capstan
and Turret lathe, Basics of CNC machines. Principles and applications - Abrasive jet machining,
Ultrasonic machining, Electric discharge machining, Electro chemical machining, Plasma arc
machining, Electron beam machining and Laser beam machining.

UNIT IV Forming and Shaping of Plastics 9

Classifications and characteristics of plastics, Moulding of Thermoplastics, Principles and
applications - Injection moulding, Plunger and screw machines, Blow moulding, Rotational moulding,
Film blowing, Extrusion and Thermoforming, Processing of Thermosets, Principles and applications
- Compression and Transfer moulding.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V Metal Forming and Powder Metallurgy 8

Principles and applications - Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire drawing and Spinning, Powder
metallurgy - principal steps involved, advantages and limitations
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
Text books:
1. Hajra Choudhury, “Elements of Workshop Technology”, Vol. I and II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt., Ltd., Mumbai, 2018.
2. NagendraParashar B.S. and Mittal R.K., “Elements of Manufacturing Processes”, Prentice-
Hall of India Private Limited, 2011.

References:
1. Serope Kalpajian, Steven R.Schmid, “Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials”,
Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, Inc. 2018.
2. “H.M.T. Production Technology - Handbook”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2017.
3. Adithan. M and Gupta. A.B., “Manufacturing Technology”, New Age, 2012.
4. Jain. R.K. and S.C. Gupta, “Production Technology”, Khanna Publishers. 19th Edition.2012
5. Roy. A. Linberg, “Process and Materials of Manufacture”, PHI, 2011.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE304 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery for Aeronautical Engineers
3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Engineering Sciences
Pre requisites Engineering Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To learn the properties of fluids and the concept of control volume.
2. To learn applications of the conservation laws to flow through pipes.
3. To Understand the importance of dimensional analysis
4. To understand the importance of various types of flow in pumps.
5. To Understand the importance of various types of flow in turbines

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Apply mathematical knowledge to predict the properties and
CO1 Apply
characteristics of a fluid.
Analyze and calculate major and minor losses associated with
CO2 Analyze
pipe flow in piping networks.
CO3 Predict the nature of physical quantities. Understanding
CO4 Analyze the performance of pumps. Analyze
CO5 Analyze the performance of turbines. Analyze

Course contents:
UNITI Fluid Properties and Flow Characteristics 9
Units and dimensions- Properties of fluids- mass density, specific weight, specific volume, specific
gravity, viscosity, compressibility, vapor pressure, surface tension and capillarity. Flow
characteristics - concept of control volume - application of continuity equation, energy equation and
momentum equation.

UNITII Flow through Circular Conduits 9

Hydraulic and energy gradient - Laminar flow through circular conduits circular annuli-
Boundary layer concepts - types of boundary layer thickness - Darcy Weisbach equation - friction
factor- Moody diagram- commercial pipes- minor losses - Flow through pipes in series and
parallel.

UNITIII Dimensional Analysis 9

Need for dimensional analysis - methods of dimensional analysis - Similitude -types of similitude -
Dimensionless parameters- application of dimensionless parameters -Model analysis.

UNITIV Pumps 9
Imp of jets - Euler’s equation- velocity components at entry and exit of the rotor- velocity
triangles - Centrifugal pumps- working principle - work done by the impeller - performance
curves - Reciprocating pump- working principle - Rotary pumps-classification.

UNITV Turbines 9
Classification of turbines - heads and efficiencies - velocity triangles, Axial, radial and mixed flow
turbines, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbines- working principles - work done by
water on the runner - draft tube. Specific speed - unit quantities - performance curves for turbines
- governing of turbines.
TOTAL: 45PERIODS
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of a given Orifice
1 1 Apply
meter.
Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of a given Venturi
2 2 Apply
meter.
3 Calculation of the rate of flow using Rotameter. 2 Apply
4 Determination of friction factor for a given set of pipes. 2 Apply
Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves
5 3 Apply
of centrifugal pump / submergible pump.
Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves
6 3 Apply
of reciprocating pumps.
Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves
7 3 Apply
of Gear pump.
Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves
8 4 Apply
of the Pelton wheel.
Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristics curves
9 4 Apply
of Francis turbine.
Conducting experiments and drawing the characteristic curves
10 4 Apply
of Kaplan turbines.

TOTAL: 30PERIODS

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

S.No. NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT QUANITY

1 Orifice meter set up 1
2 Venturi meter set up 1
3 Rota meter set up 1
4 Pipe flow analysis set up 1
5 Centrifugal pump / Submergible pump set up 1
6 Reciprocating pump set up 1
7 Gear pump set up 1
8 Pelton wheel set up 1
9 Francis turbine set up 1
10 Kaplan turbine set up 1

Text Books:
1. Dr.P.N.Modi, S.M.Seth Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulics Machines,
Rajsons Publications Pvt Ltd, Paperback 22nd Edition 2019.
2. R.K.Bansal, A Textbook Of Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulic Machines, Lakshmi
Publications, 10th Edition 2018,

References:
1. Kumar K. L., "Engineering Fluid Mechanics", Eurasia Publishing House (p) Ltd.,
New Delhi,2016.
2. Graebel. W.P, "Engineering Fluid Mechanics", Taylor & Francis, Indian Reprint, 2011.
3. Robert W. Fox, Alan T. McDonald, Philip J.Pritchard, “Fluid Mechanics and
Machinery”, 2011.
4. Streeter, V.L.andWylieE.B.,"Fluid Mechanics", McGraw Hill Publishing Co.2010.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Additional References:
1. http://www.springer.com/materials/mechanics/book/978-3-540-25141-5
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/103/105103192/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Theory with Practical

Summative Assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Theory Practica Examinati
Bloom’s l’s on
Level (Theo
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III Attendance Rubric
based CIA ry)
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (5) (50)
(20)
Rememb
10 10 10 20 40
er
Understa
10 10 10 20 40
nd
Apply 30 30 30 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE305 Strength of Materials for Aeronautical Engineers
3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Engineering Science
Pre requisites Engineering Mechanics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Enable understanding of the behavior and response of materials
2. Draw shear force and bending moment diagram for beams with various loading and
end conditions
3. Familiarize with the different methods used for beam deflection analysis
4. Give a theoretical design of shaft for the required working conditions and predictions
of the response of the springs subjected to various loads.
5. Impart the Knowledge of bi-axial loading, stresses in cylinder and Mohr circle

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. Bloom's
Course Outcome
No. Level
Apply materials and their elastic constants for composite bar subjected
CO1 Apply
to various loads including thermal load.
Construct Shear Force, Bending moment and Bending stress
CO2 distribution in beams subjected to Various loading and End Understand
Conditions.
CO3 Determine the deflection of beams using different methods. Analyze
Apply the knowledge of torsion, spring, twist, spring to estimate
CO4 Apply
deflection and spring constants.
Apply the knowledge of bi-axial loading cylinder burst pressure and
CO5 Apply
Mohr circle to aircraft structural components.

Course contents:

UNIT – I Stress, Strains, Deformation of Solids and Elastic Constants 9

Rigid bodies and deformable solids -Tension, Compression and Shear Stresses -Deformation of
simple and compound bars -Thermal stress -Elastic constants -Volumetric strains.

UNIT – II Transverse loading and Stresses in Beams 9

Beams -types transverse loading on beams -Shear force and bending moment in beams -
Cantilevers - Simply supported beams and over -hanging beams. Theory of simple bending-bending
stress distribution

UNIT – III Beam Deflection 9

Double Integration method -Macaulay’s method -Area moment method for computation of slopes
and deflections in beams - Conjugate beam method

UNIT – IV Torsion, springs and Shafts 9

Torsion formulation stresses and deformation in circular and hollows shafts - Stepped shafts-
Deflection in shafts fixed at the both ends - Stresses in helical springs - Deflection of helical springs.

UNIT – V Thick and Thin Walled Cylinders 9

Stresses in thin cylindrical shell due to internal pressure circumferential and longitudinal stresses
and deformation in thin and thick cylinders -spherical shells subjected to internal pressure. Stresses
on inclined planes -principal stresses and principal planes -Mohr’s circle of stress
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
Determination of Young’s Modulus using deflection of
1 1,3 Apply
Cantilever beam
Determination of Young’s Modulus using deflection of Simply
2 1,3 Apply
supported beam
Determination of Young’s modulus and fracture strength of
3 1,3 Apply
steel using UTM.
4 Torsion test on Mild Steel Rod 3 Apply
5 Verification of Maxwell’s Reciprocal theorem. 1,3 Apply
Determination of impact strength of a given material by Izod
6 5 Apply
and Charpy test
Determination of different hardness of a material by Rockwell
7 2 Apply
and Brinell method
8. Compression test of a helical spring 4 Apply
Tempering- Improvement Mechanical properties Comparison
(i) Unhardened specimen
9. 2,3 Apply
(ii) Quenched Specimen and
(iii) Quenched and tempered specimen
Microscopic Examination of
10. (i) Hardened samples and 2,3 Apply
(ii) Hardened and tempered samples
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

List of Equipment for a Batch of 30 Students

Experiment
S.No. Name of the equipment Quantity
No.
Universal Tensile Testing machine with double 1 shear
1. 1 3
attachment - 40 Ton Capacity
2. Torsion Testing Machine (60 NM Capacity) 1 4
3. Impact Testing Machine (300 J Capacity) 1 6
4. Brinell Hardness Testing Machine 1 7,9,10
5. Rockwell Hardness Testing Machine 1 7,9,10
6. Metallurgical Microscopes 3 9,10
7. Muffle Furnace (800 0C) 1 9,10
8. Beam Test set up 3 1,2,3,5

Text books
1. R.K. Rajput,” Strength of materials”, Seventh Edition ,S. Chand Limited, 2018
2. R. K. Bansal, “A Text Book of Strength of Materials”, Sixth Edition, Lakshmi Publications Pvt.
Limited, New Delhi, 2012
3. Jindal U.C., "Strength of Materials", Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007

References
1. James M. Gere, “Mechanics of Materials”, 8th Edition, 2013.
2. Subramanian R., "Strength of Materials", Oxford University Press, Oxford Higher Education
series, 2010.
3. S. Timoshenko, “Strength of Materials”, Vol. II, CBS Publishers, 2002.
4. Srinath L.S., “Advanced Mechanics of Solids”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New
Delhi, 2003
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Web References
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-001-mechanics-materials-i-fall-
2006/index.htm
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107146/
3. http://www.engineeringcorecourses.com/solidmechanics1/
4. http://www.springer.com/in/book/9783319061870
5. http://www.springer.com/in/book/9780278000520
6. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ae04
7. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/101104067/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
Lo
3 High 2 Medium 1
w

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Theory with Practical

Summative Assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Theory Practical’s Examinati
Bloom’s
Level on
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III Attendance Rubric
(Theory)
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (5) based CIA
(50)
(20)
Rememb
10 10 10 20 40
er
Understa
10 10 10 20 40
nd
Apply 30 30 30 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE306 Applied Thermodynamics Laboratory
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Engineering Science
Pre requisites Engineering Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To study the characteristics of fuels / lubricates used in IC Engines.
2. To study the valve timing diagrams and performance of IC Engines.
3. To study the performance of refrigeration cycle / components.
4. To study the heat transfer phenomena predict the relevant coefficient using
implementation.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. Bloom's
Course Outcome
No. Level
CO 1 Test on diesel / petrol engine. Analyze
Evaluate the performance of parallel / counter heat flow heat exchanger
CO 2 Analyze
apparatus
CO 3 Determine the properties of the fuels and solids. Analyze

CO 4 Determine the thermal properties of composite walls. Analyze

CO 5 Evaluate the performance of refrigeration and Air-conditioning test rig. Analyze

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
1. Performance test on a 4-stroke engine CO1 Analyze
2. Valve timing of a 4 - stroke engine CO1 Understand
3. Port timing of a 2 stroke engine CO1 Understand
4. Determination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat
CO2 Analyze
exchanger
5. Determination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat
CO2 Analyze
exchanger
6. Determination of Flash point and Fire point of various fuels. CO3 Understand
7. Determination of thermal conductivity of solid. CO4 Analyze
8. Determination of thermal resistance of a composite wall. CO4 Analyze
9. COP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rig CO5 Analyze
10. COP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rig CO5 Analyze
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

Experiment
S. No. Name of the equipment Quantity
No.
1. 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 1
Cut section model of 4 stroke diesel engine and cut section
2. 1 2
model of 2 stroke petrol engine
3. Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 3,4
4. Bomb Calorimeter 1 5,6
5. Conductive heat transfer set up 1 7
6. Composite wall 1 8
7. Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 9
8. Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 10

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Model
Bloom’s Level Continuous [50 marks]
Examination
Assessment
[25 marks] [20 marks]
Remember
Understand 40 40 40
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate 60 60 60
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20MC202 Interpersonal Skills
2 0 2 0
Nature of Course Mandatory, Non Credit
Pre requisites Communicative English

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Use interpersonal communication skills to influence and build good relationships.
2. Identify and pursue personal learning goals.
3. Obtain feedback skills in service of evolving learning goals.
4. Learn about group dynamics, behaviors and feelings
5. Enhance the communication process in both formal and informal contexts

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO. No Course Outcome Bloom's Level

Practice interpersonal communication skills to influence and build
CO1 Understand
good relationships.
CO2 Identify and pursue personal learning goals. Understand
CO3 Give evident feedback. Understand
CO4 Reveal group dynamics and amiable behavior. Understand
CO5 Emphasis the communication process. Understand

Course Contents:
UNIT I Fundamentals of Interpersonal Communication 6
Facts of communication and Interpersonal communication - culture and gender - Communication
and Self disclosure - Presentation of Interpersonal perception - Learning goals - Feeling and
feedback.

UNIT II Interpersonal communication in action 6

Nature of language - language and culture - usage and abuse of language -Positive communication
-Nonverbal communication - Listening strategies - Barriers of listening.

UNIT III Emotional Intelligence 6

Influence of emotional experience and expressions - Accepting the responsibilities and changes -
Negotiation tactics - Dealing with criticism and appreciation - Collaborative Problem Solving -
Resilience Building.

UNIT IV Transactions 6
Different types of transactions - Building Positive Relationship - Managing Conflict - Connecting
across Difference -Factors hampering Interpersonal interactions -Assertiveness in communication

UNIT V Essential Interpersonal Competencies 6

Behaviour - Understanding limiting behaviour - Interpersonal and small group behavior - Critical and
lateral thinking- Win - Win attitude - Positive thinking - Stress management - Assertive feedback -
Personal Evaluation of Interpersonal Relationship Skills
Total 30 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Activity Component

CO Blooms
S. No Name of the Exercises
Mapping Level
1 Self-Introduction 1 Remember
2 Presentation of Individual perception 2 Understand
Role play - Non-verbal communication - Body
3 4 Apply
language
Role play - Interpersonal interactions &Assertive
4 3 Remember
feedback
5 Group Discussion 4 Apply
6 Role play - Situational conversation ( On spot ) 5 Understand

Text Books
1. Floyd, Kory, “Interpersonal Communication”, 2d. Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Bozeman, Jeanine C and Argile Smith, “Interpersonal Relationship Skills for Ministers”
Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing Company, 1st Edition, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Augsburger, David, “Caring Enough to Confront How to understand and Express Your
Deepest Feelings towards Others”, updated ed. Ventura, CA: Regal Books, 2nd Edition 2009.
2. Vohs, Kathleen D., and Eli J., Finkel, Eds, “Self and Relationships: Connecting Intrapersonal
and Interpersonal Processes”, New York: Guilford Press, 1st Edition, 2006.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 2
CO5 3 2 1 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Model
Bloom’s Level Continuous [50 marks]
Examination
Assessment
[25 marks] [20 marks]
Remember
Understand 40 40 40
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate 60 60 60
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Numerical Analysis and Statistics L T P C

20MA401
(Common to Aero, Mech, S&F, Civil and Agri) 3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Pre requisites Mathematics –I & II for Mechanical, Building and Bio Sciences

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Introduce the basic concepts of algebraic and transcendental equations.
2. Acquire the concept of numerical techniques of differentiation and integration.
3. Study the numerical techniques in solving ordinary differential equations.
4. Acquaint with the knowledge of testing of hypothesis for small and large samples.
5. Familiarize with the basic concept on types of design of experiments used in
the field of engineering.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Illustrate the algebraic and transcendental equations. Understand
Apply the numerical techniques of interpolation and error
CO2 approximations in various intervals in real life situations. Apply
Classify the numerical techniques for solving first and second order
CO3 ordinary differential equations. Understand
CO4 Interpret the testing of hypothesis for small and large samples. Apply
Explain the basic concepts of classifications of design of experiments
CO5 in the field of engineering Understand

Course Contents:

UNIT I Solution of Equations and Eigen value problems 12

Solution of linear system of equations – Gauss elimination method – Pivoting – Gauss Jordan
method - Iterative methods of Gauss Jacobi method and Gauss Seidel method– Eigen values of a
matrix by Power method.

UNIT II Numerical differentiation and integration 12

Lagrange’s interpolations- Newton’s divided difference interpolations – Newton’s forward difference
and backward difference formulae – Numerical integration using Trapezoidal and Simpson’s 1/3
rules-Evaluation of double integrals by Trapezoidal and Simpson’s 1/3 rules

UNITIII Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations 12

Single step methods: Euler’s method – Modified Euler’s method – Fourth order Runge-Kutta
method for solving first order equations – Multi step methods: Milne’s – Bash forth predictor
corrector methods for solving first order equations.

UNITIV Testing of hypothesis 12

Sampling distributions –- Estimation of parameters –- Statistical hypothesis –- Large sample tests

based on Normal distribution for single mean and difference of means -Tests based on t, Chi-square
for mean, variance and proportion - Contingency table (test for independent) -Goodness of fit.

Unit V Design of Experiments 12

One way and two way classifications -– Completely randomized design –- Randomized block design
–- Latin square design - 22 factorial design.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Total: 60 Periods
Text Books:
1. Grewal B.S, and Grewal J.S ’’ Numerical methods in engineering and science “Khanna
Publishers, 10th Edition, 2015.
2. Johnson, R.A., Miller, I and Freund J., “Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for
Engineers", Pearson Education, Asia, 8th Edition, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Burden, R.L and Faires, J.D, "Numerical Analysis”, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2016.
2. Walpole. R.E., Myers. R.H., Myers. S.L. and Ye. K., “Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists", 8th Edition, Pearson Education, Asia, 2007.
3. Sankara Rao. K., "Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers", Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2007.

Additional References:
1. https://pvpsitrealm.blogspot.com/2016/09/higher-engineering-mathematics-by-bs.html
2. https://reference.wolfram.com/language/tutorial/Numerical methods.html

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 3 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1 3 - -
CO4 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total marks
Level Assessment Component Marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE -I IAE-II IAE-III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE401 Aircraft Structural Mechanics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Acquaint with the fundamentals of structural mechanics and analytical approaches for
analysis of aircraft structures.
2. Learn about the energy methods in structural analyze.
3. Learn about linear elasticity and analyze the components subjected to typical aircraft
loading conditions.
4. Introduce different failure theories to the aircraft structural problems.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Analyze statically determinate structures and indeterminate structures
CO1 Apply
with different methods
Apply energy methods to determine slope and deflection of different
CO2 Apply
structures
Analyze columns including beam column with various end conditions by Analyze
CO3 Euler's theory and south well plot method.
CO4 Apply different failure theories to analyze the aircraft structural problems. Apply
CO5 Know about induced stresses in aircraft understand

Course contents:
UNIT – I Statically Determinate and Indeterminate Structures 12

Plane truss analysis- method of joints- method of sections - Clapeyrons 3 moment equation and
moment distribution method for indeterminate beams

UNIT – II Energy Methods 12

Strain Energy in axial, bending, torsion and shear loadings. Castigliano’s theorems and their
applications, Energy theorems-dummy load & unit load methods- energy methods applied to
statically determinate and indeterminate beams.

UNIT – III Columns 12

Column with various conditions- Rankins Column -effect of initial curvature- columns with
eccentricity - theory of beam columns-beam columns with different end conditions-stresses in beam
columns

UNIT – IV Failure Theories 12

Ductile and brittle materials-maximum principal stress theory - maximum principal strain theory -
maximum shear stress theory - distortion energy theory - octahedral shear stress theory

UNIT – V Induced Stresses 12

Thermal stresses - impact loading- Fatigue- Creep - Stress Relaxation- corrosion.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text books
1. ‘Mechanics of Materials’ by James M. Gere & Barry J Goodno, cengage Learning Custom
Publishing 8th edition, 2012.
2. Megson T M G, `Aircraft Structures for engineering students’ Butterworth-Heinemann
publisher, 5th edition, 2012.

References
1. N.C. Pandya, C.S. Shah, "Elements of Machine Design", Charotar Publishing House, 15th
edition, 2009
2. Donaldson, B.K., ‘Analysis of Aircraft Structures - An Introduction’ Cambridge University
Press publishers, 2nd edition, 2008.
3. Peery, D.J., and Azar, J.J., Aircraft Structures, 2nd edition, McGraw – Hill, N.Y., 1999.
4. Bruhn E F, ‘Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures’, Tri-State Off-set Company,
USA, 1985

Web References
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106141/
2. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-aerospace-structures-and-materials
3. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/introduction-aerospace-structures/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE402 Aircraft Propulsion
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Components of gas turbine engines
Pre requisites Aero Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Learn about the basic about piston and gas turbine engines
2. Study the functions of intakes and nozzles
3. Understand the working of combustion chamber
4. Study the efficiency of compressor through stages
5. Implement the knowledge about turbine principles and performance

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Describe about the basics of air breathing engines Understand
CO2 Explain about the aircraft intakes and engine nozzles Understand
CO3 Analyze the performance of combustion chamber Analysis
CO4 Evaluate the purpose of compressor and its stage efficiency Analysis
CO5 Examine the requirements of turbine for an aircraft Understand

Course contents:
UNIT I Basics of Air Breathing Engines 9
Introduction to piston engines - Illustration of working of gas turbine engines – characteristics -
performance parameters - thrust equation - factors affecting thrust – methods of thrust
augmentation

UNIT II Intakes and Nozzles 9

Ram effect, Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets – relation between minimum area ratio and
eternal deceleration ratio – diffuser performance – modes of operation - supersonic inlets – starting
problem on supersonic inlets – shock swallowing by area variation – types of nozzles - losses in
nozzles – thrust reversal

UNIT III Combustion Chambers 9

Classification of combustion chambers –factors affecting – combustion chamber performance –
effect of operating variables on performance – flame holders - flame stabilization - cooling process.

UNIT IV Compressors 9
Principle operation of centrifugal and axial flow compressors – Work done and pressure rise –
velocity diagrams – degree of reaction – free vortex and constant reaction designs of axial flow
compressor – performance parameters – stage efficiency

UNIT V Turbines 9
Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines – Velocity triangles and power output – Elementary
theory – Vortex theory – Choice of blade profile, pitch and chord – stage performance – Limiting
factors - Overall turbine performance – blade cooling – Matching of turbine and compressor
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
Text book:
1. Ganesan V, “Gas Turbines” Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition (2017).
2. Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R. “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion” Pearson
education (2009).

References:
1. Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, Standard
Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 2nd edition 2014.
2. Cohen, H. Rogers, G.F.C. and Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H. “Gas Turbine Theory”, Pearson
Education Canada; 6th edition, 2008.
3. “The Jet Engine”, Rolls Royce; 4th revised edition, 1986.
4. Oates, G.C., “Aero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components”, AIAA Education Series,
New York, 1985.

Web References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103281/
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/aeronautics-and-astronautics/16-50-introduction-to-propulsion-
systems-spring-2012/lecture-notes/
3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/thermodynamics-intro/07-06-lets-look-inside-a-jet-engine-
Ut UOI

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 1 2 2 1 - - - - - 2 1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 - 2 1 3 2 3
CO3 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 - 2 1 3 2 3
CO4 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 - 2 1 3 2 3
CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 - 2 1 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE403 Aircraft Systems and Instruments
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Systems and Instruments used in Aircraft
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Aeronautics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Know about the basic systems of an aircraft
2. Inculcate the control systems fundamentals and uses
3. Understand the working of engine systems
4. Study the aircraft comfort system that make the crew members safer
5. Learn the various engine instruments and its types

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Recapitulate the basic systems like hydraulic, pneumatic, braking and
CO1 Understand
landing gear systems
CO2 Explain about the various control systems in an aircraft Understand
CO3 illustrate the concepts of engine systems Understand
CO4 Demonstrate the need of air conditioning and pressurizing systems Analysis
CO5 Differentiate the engine instruments and its functions Understand

Course contents:
UNIT I Aircraft Basic Systems 9
Hydraulic system –– Pneumatic system – Brake system – Landing Gear System – Classification –
Shock absorbers – Retractive mechanism

UNIT II Aircraft Control Systems 9

Engine control system –Digital fly by wire system – Auto pilot system - Active Control Technology

UNIT III Aircraft Engine Systems 9

Piston and Jet Engines- Fuel systems – Lubricating systems – Starting and Ignition systems

UNIT IV Air Conditioning and Pressurizing Systems 9

Basic air cycle systems – Vapour cycle System - Boot-strap air cycle systems – Evaporative vapour
and air cycle systems –– Oxygen system – Fire extinguishing and smoke detection systems -
Deicing and anti-icing systems

UNIT V Aircraft Engine Instruments 9

Study of various types of engine instruments – Principles and operation -Tachometers –
Temperature and Pressure gauges

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
Text Books:
1. Mekinley, J.L. and R.D. Bent, Aircraft Power Plants, McGraw Hill 1993.
2. Pallet, E.H.J. Aircraft Instruments & Principles, Pitman & Co 1993.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

References
1. Teager, S, “Aircraft Gas Turbine technology, McGraw Hill 1997.
2. Handbooks of Airframe and Power plant Mechanics, US dept. of Transportation, Federal,
Aviation Administration, the English Book Store, New Delhi, 1995.
3. McKinley, J.L. and Bent R.D. Aircraft Maintenance & Repair, McGraw Hill, 1993.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 3 2 - 1 1 - - 2 1 2 1 -
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - 1 1 - - 2 1 2 1 -
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 - 1 1 - - 2 1 2 1 -
CO4 3 2 2 3 2 - 1 1 - - 2 1 2 1 -
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 - 1 1 - - 2 1 1 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE I IAE II IAE III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE404 Mechanics of Machines
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering Mechanics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Understand the principles in the formation of mechanisms and their kinematics.
2. Know the effect of friction in different machine elements.
3. Importance of balancing and vibration.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Apply the principles in the formation of mechanisms and their kinematics. Understand
CO2 Explain the construction features of Gears and Gear Trains. Understand
CO3 Analyze the effect of friction in different machine elements. Analyze
CO4 Discuss the importance of balancing. Understand
CO5 Analyze the vibration in different kind of machines. Analyze

Course contents:

UNIT I Kinematics of Machines 9

Mechanisms – Terminology and definitions – kinematics inversions of 4 bar and slide crank chain –
kinematics analysis in simple mechanisms – velocity and acceleration diagram – Cam and followers
– classifications – displacement diagrams (Simple Harmonic Motion) - layout of plate cam profiles –
derivatives of followers motion.

UNIT II Gears and Gear Trains 9

Spur gear – law of toothed gearing – involute gearing – Interchangeable gears – Gear tooth action
interference and undercutting – nonstandard teeth – gear trains – parallel axis gears trains –
epicyclic gear trains.

UNIT III Friction 9

Types of friction – Friction Drives -friction in screw threads – bearings – Friction clutches – Belt
drives – Basics of Tribology.

UNIT IV Balancing and Mechanism For Control 9

Static and Dynamic balancing – Balancing of revolving and reciprocating masses – Balancing
machines -Balancing a single cylinder engine – Balancing of Multi-cylinder inline, V-engines –
Partial balancing in engines.

UNIT V Vibration 9
Free, forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems – force transmitted to
supports – vibration Isolation – vibration absorption – torsional vibration of shafts – single and
multirotor systems – geared shafts – critical speed of shafts.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text books
1. AmbekarA. G., Mechanism and Machine Theory‖ Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Shigley J.E., Pennock G.R and Uicker J.J., ―Theory of Machines and Mechanisms‖, Oxford
University Press, 2003.
References
1. Ghosh.A, and A.K.Mallick, ―Theory and Machine ‖, Affiliated East-West Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1988.
2. Ramamurthi. V., "Mechanisms of Machine", Narosa Publishing House, 2005.
3. Rao.J.S. and Dukkipatti R.V. ―Mechanisms and Machines ‖, Wiley-Eastern Ltd., New Delhi,
1998.
4. Robert L.Norton, "Design of Machinery", McGraw-Hill, 2012.
5. Thomas Bevan, ―Theory of Machines‖, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2010.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment
5
and Analyze 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE I IAE II IAE III Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE405 Aerodynamics
3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Fluid Mechanics and Machinery

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Introduce the concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation relating to
aerodynamics.
2. Acquire knowledge about the concept of 2-D in viscid flows.
3. Learn the methodology of conformal transformation and theory of airfoils.
4. Know the concepts of subsonic wing theory.
5. Introduce the basics of viscous flow.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Apply the fundamental concepts of mass, momentum, energy Apply
CO1
conservation equations for aerodynamic applications.
CO2 Study of two dimensional flows in aerodynamics (elementary flows) and Understand
their combinations.
Know about Joukowski transformation and its application to fluid flow
CO3 Understand
Problems.
CO4 Analyze airfoil and wing theory. Understand
CO5 Discuss the real time viscous flow and Boundary Layer behavior. Understand

Course contents:

UNIT – I Fundamental Equation of Aerodynamics 9

Euler equation, incompressible Bernoulli’s equation - Continuity, momentum and energy equations,
Circulation and Vortices, streamline, stream function, irrotational flow, potential function,
equipotential lines.

UNIT – II Fundamental of Two Dimensional In viscid Incompressible Flow 9

Elementary flows – uniform parallel flow, Source, Sink, Doublet, Vortex, Their combinations, Ideal
flows over a circular cylinder. Kutta joukowski theorem. D’ Alembert Paradox, Starting vortex,
Magnus effects.

UNIT – III Conformal Transformation of Aero foil Theory 9

Cauchy-riemann relations, complex potential, kutta joukowski transformation, Karman Trefftz
Profiles, Thin airfoil theory and its applications.

UNIT – IV Theory of Finite Wings 9

Vortex filament, biot-savart law, bound vortex, trailing vortex, horse shoe vortex, Lifting line theory
and its limitations, lift and induced drag coefficients for elliptic lift distribution
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT – V Boundary Layer Theory 9

Boundary layer and boundary layer thickness, displacement thickness, momentum thickness,
energy thickness, boundary layer equations for a steady, two dimensional incompressible flow,
boundary layer growth over a flat plate, critical Reynolds number, blasius solution.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
1 Calibration of a Subsonic Wind tunnel. 1,2 Apply
2 Determination of lift for the given airfoil section. 1,2 Apply
3 Pressure distribution over a smooth circular cylinder. 1,2 Apply
4 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder. 1,2 Apply
5 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aero foil. 1,2 Apply
6 Pressure distribution over a cambered aero foil. 1,2 Apply
7 Force measurement using wind tunnel balancing set up. 1,2 Apply
8 Flow over a flat plate at different angles of incidence. 1,2 Apply
9 Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over cylinders. 1,2 Understand
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over airfoil with
10 1,2 Understand
different angle of incidence.

List of Equipment for a Batch of 30 Students

S.No Name of the equipment Quantity Experiment No.

1. Subsonic Wind tunnel 1 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
Models(aerofoil, rough and smooth 5,6,7,8,9,10
2. 2
cylinder , flat plate)
Angle of incidence changing 8,10
3. 1
mechanism
4. Multi tube Manometer 1 2,3,4,5,6
5. Pitot-Static Tubes 1 1
Cylinder models (Rough and
6. 1 3,4
Smooth)
Wind Tunnel balances (3 or 6
7. 1 7
components)
8. Smoke Generator 1 8,9,10
9. Water flow channel 1 8,9,10

Text books
1. Anderson, J.D., "Fundamentals of Aerodynamics", McGraw Hill Book Co., 2010
2. Houghton, E.L., and Caruthers, N.B., "Aerodynamics for Engineering students", Edward
Arnold Publishers Ltd., London, 1989.

References
1. Ethirajan Rathakrishnan, "Theoretical Aerodynamics", 1st Edition, Wiley Publications, 2013.
2. L. J. Clancey, "Aerodynamics", Shroff Publications, 2006.
3. Katz and Plotkin, Low Speed Aerodynamics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2002.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Web References
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105171/1
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104118/
6. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-aerodynamics

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 -
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - 2 3 3 2 -
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 3 2 -
CO4 - 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2 -
CO5 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 -
3 High Medium 2 Low

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE I IAE II IAE III Final Examination (50)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Propulsion Laboratory L T P C
20AE406
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Measurements of heat transfer components
Pre requisites Aircraft Propulsion

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Make the students to learn about the engine components
2. Introduce velocity profiles for free and wall jet experiments
3. Familiarize the students with cascade method of visualization
4. Learn the convention process through natural and forced methods

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to do

CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Innovations about the piston engine and aircraft compressor Understand

CO2 Investigation on combustion chamber and turbine of an aircraft engine Understand

CO3 Experiment the free and wall jet velocity profiles Evaluate
CO4 Test in the compressor blade as cascade Evaluate
CO5 Render on convention through natural and forced methods Evaluate

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No Exercises
Mapping Level
1 Study of aircraft piston engine 1 Understand

2 Study of jet engine compressor 1 Understand

3 Study of jet engine combustion chamber 1 Understand

4 Study of jet engine turbine 1 Understand

5 Velocity profiles of free jets 2 Evaluate

6 Velocity profiles of wall jets 2 Evaluate

7 Cascade testing of compressor blades 2 Evaluate

Determination of heat transfer coefficient under natural
8 2 Evaluate
convection
Determination of heat transfer coefficient under forced
9 2 Evaluate
convection
10 Determination of Stefan – Boltzmann constant 2 Evaluate
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

List of Equipment for a Batch of 30 Students

S. No Name of the Equipment Quantity Experiment No.

1 Jet engine 1 2,3,4

2 Piston engine 1 1

3 Free jet apparatus 1 5,7

4 Wall jet apparatus 1 6,7

5 Natural Convection – vertical cylinder apparatus 1 8

6 Forced Convection inside tube apparatus 1 9

7 Stefan- Boltzmann apparatus 1 10

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)

(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Model
Bloom’s Level Continuous [50 marks]
Examination
Assessment
[20 marks]
[25 marks]
Remember
Understand 40 40 40
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate 60 60 60
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Computer Aided Aircraft component Drawing L T P C

20AE407
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering graphics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Understand and interpret drawings of machine components
2. Prepare assembly drawings both manually and using standard CAD packages
3. Familiarize the students with Indian Standards on drawing practices and
standard components
4. Gain practical experienceinhandling2Ddraftingand 3Dmodelingsoftwaresystems.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Explain the drawing standards, Fits and Tolerances Understand
CO2 Apply the select, configure and synthesize components into 3D models Apply
CO3 Ability to design and model difficult aeronautical component Apply
Analyze draw, assemble and drafting aircraft components using CAD
CO4 Analyze
Package

CO5 Create part drawings, sectional views and assembly drawings as per Create
standards

Laboratory Components
S. No Exercises CO Mapping Blooms Level
1 Study of Drawing standards and fits and tolerances 1 Understand
2 Design and drafting of riveted joints 2 Apply
3 Design and drafting of welded joints 2 Apply
4 Design and modeling of rectangular plate with hole 2 Apply
5 Design and modeling of aerofoil sections 3 Apply
6 Design and modeling of cut section for wings 3 Apply
7 Design and modeling of bulk head 3 Apply
8 Modeling and drafting control components push-pull rod 4 Analyze
9 Modeling and drafting control components gear 4 Analyze
10 Design and drafting control components cam 4 Analyze
11 Modeling and Assembling of machine component 5 Create

List of Equipment for a Batch of 30 Students

Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1 Computer 30
2 Modelling Packages 30 Licenses
3 Printer 1
4 UPS 1
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)

(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Model
Bloom’s Level Continuous [50 marks]
Examination
Assessment
[20 marks]
[25 marks]
Remember
Understand 10 10 10
Apply 50 50 50
Analyze
Evaluate 30 30 30
Create 10 10 10
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Soft Skill L T P C
20MC401
(Common to All Branches of B.E., / B.Tech., Second Year) 2 0 0 0
Nature of Course Mandatory, Non Credit
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Improve language skills in personal and professional life.
2. Equip students with the vital communication and soft skills to succeed in the highly
competitive international arena.
3. Focus on the fundamental soft skills and of their practical social and work place usage.
4. Learn to identify and overcome the barriers in interpersonal relationships.
5. Enhance employability skills and ensure career success.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Relate the significance and fundamental nature of soft skills. Remember
Take part in a wide range of Public speaking and professional group
CO2 Understand
discussions.
CO3 Make use of soft skills to gain self-confidence and high self-esteem. Apply

CO4 Hone leadership skills and manage stress & conflict. Apply
Systematize presentation effectively and participate in interview with
CO5 Apply
confidence.

Course Contents
UNIT – I Introduction to soft skills and Interpersonal Communication 4
An Introduction – Definition and Significance of Soft Skills; communication models, process and
barriers; team communication; developing interpersonal relationships through effective
communication and soft skills.

UNIT - II Public Speaking and Oral Communication skills 4

Public Speaking: Skills, Methods, Strategies and Essential tips for effective public speaking. Group
Discussion: Importance, Planning, Elements, Skills assessed - reverentially disagreeing, Initiating,
Summarizing and Attaining the Objective.
UNIT – III Time Management and Personality Development 4
Time Management – concept and essentials tips. Personality-development – meaning, nature,
Features and Stages, gaining self-confidence and high self-esteem. - Business Etiquette

UNIT – IV Teamwork and Leadership skills 4

Teamwork and Leadership Skills: Concept of Teams; Building effective teams; Concept of
Leadership and honing Leadership skills – Stress and conflict management, Developing Positive
Thinking and Attitude.

UNIT-V Interview Skills 4

Interviewer - Interviewee perspectives. Dos and Don’ts in an Interview process - Presentation Skills:
Types, Content, Audience Analysis, and Essential Tips – before, during and after a presentation,
Overcoming Nervousness.
Total: 20 Periods
Text Books
1. English and Soft Skills–S.P. Dhanavel, Orient Black swan India, 2010.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

2. Managing Soft Skills for Personality Development–edited by B.N.Ghosh, McGraw Hill, India,
2012.

Reference Books:
1. Soft Skills For A Big Impact: Banish Self-Doubt, Improve Workplace Ethics, Communication
and Relationships, Resolve Conflicts, Achieve Breakthrough Success (hand books on soft
skills Book 1) Kindle Edition by RENU SHOREY (Author)
2. Bridging the Soft Skills Gap: How to Teach the Missing Basics to Today’s Young
Talent Kindle Edition by Bruce Tulgan (Author)

Web reference:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/107/109107121/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)

POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 2 3 2
CO2 1 2 3 2
CO3 1 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 3 2
CO5 1 2 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Summative Assessment (Internal Mode)

Bloom’s Level
Assessment 1 (50 Marks) Assessment 2 (50 Marks)
Remember 10 10
Understand 10 10
Apply 30 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

V SEMESTER

L T P C
20AE501 Flight Dynamics
3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Aeronautics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To study the performance of airplanes under various operating conditions
2. The static and dynamic response of aircraft for both voluntary and involuntary changes in flight
conditions

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Know about the forces and moments that are acting on an aircraft, the
CO 1 different types of drag, drag polar, ISA, variation of thrust, power, SFC Apply
with velocity and altitude.

Have understanding about performance in level flight, minimum drag and

CO 2 power required, climbing, gliding and turning flight, v-n diagram and load Apply
factor

Knowledge about degrees of stability, stick fixed and stick free stability,
CO 3 stability criteria, effect of fuselage and CG location, stick forces, Apply
aerodynamic balancing.

Understanding about lateral control, rolling and yawing moments, static

CO 4 directional stability, rudder and aileron control requirements and rudder Apply
lock.

Understanding about dynamic longitudinal stability, stability derivatives,

CO 5 Apply
modes and stability criterion, lateral and directional dynamic stability.

Course Contents

Unit –I Cruising Flight Performance 9+3

Forces and moments acting on a flight vehicle - Equation of motion of a rigid flight vehicle - Different
types of drag –estimation of parasite drag co-efficient by proper area method- Drag polar of vehicles
from low speed to high speeds - Variation of thrust, power with velocity and altitudes for air breathing
engines . Performance of airplane in level flight - Power available and power required curves.
Maximum speed in level flight - Conditions for minimum drag and power required
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit –II Manoeuvering Flight Performance 9+3

Range and endurance - Climbing and gliding flight (Maximum rate of climb and steepest angle of climb,
minimum rate of sink and shallowest angle of glide) – Takeoff and landing - Turning performance
(Turning rate turn radius). Bank angle and load factor – limitations on turn - V-n diagram and load
factor.

Unit –III Static Longitudinal Stability 9+3

Degree of freedom of rigid bodies in space - Static and dynamic stability - Purpose of controls in
airplanes -Inherently stable and marginal stable airplanes – Static, Longitudinal stability - Stick fixed
stability - Basic equilibrium equation - Stability criterion - Effects of fuselage and nacelle - Influence of
CG location - Power effects - Stick fixed neutral point - Stick free stability-Hinge moment coefficient -
Stick free neutral points-Symmetric maneuvers - Stick force gradients - Stick force per 'g' -
Aerodynamic balancing.

Unit –IV Lateral and Directional Stability 9+3

Dihedral effect - Lateral control - Coupling between rolling and yawing moments - Adverse yaw effects -
Aileron reversal - Static directional stability - Weather cocking effect - Rudder requirements - One
engine inoperative condition - Rudder lock.

Unit –V Dynamic Stability 9+3

Introduction to dynamic longitudinal stability: - Modes of stability, effect of freeing the stick - Brief
description of lateral and directional. dynamic stability - Spiral, divergence, Dutch roll, auto rotation and
spin.

Total : 60 Periods

Text Books
1. Nelson, R.C. “Flight Stability and Automatic Control”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 2004.
2. Perkins, C.D., and Hage, R.E., “Airplane Performance stability and Control”, John Wiley &
Son:,Inc, NY, 1988.
3. McCornick. W., “Aerodynamics, Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics”, John Wiley, NY, 1979.
Reference Books
1. McCornick B. W, “Aerodynamics, Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics”, John Wiley, NY, 1995.
2. Etkin, B., “Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control”, Edn. 2, John Wiley, NY, 1982.
3. Dommasch, D.O., Sherby, S.S., and Connolly, T.F., “Aeroplane Aero dynamics”, Third Edition,
Issac Pitman, London, 1981.
4. Babister, A.W., “Aircraft Dynamic Stability and Response”, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1980.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 3 2
CO 2 2 3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 3 3

CO 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - 2 3 2

CO 4 2 3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 2 2
CO 5 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - - - 3 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 40 80
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE502 Rocket and Space Propulsion
3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Aero Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize about the ramjet and scramjet engines
2. Acquire the knowledge about chemical rocket propulsion
3. Learn about the principles of solid propellant rockets
4. To understand about liquid and hybrid rocket propulsion systems
5. Introduction about space propulsion and its applications

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understanding ramjet and hypersonic air breathing propulsion
CO1 Understand
systems
CO2 Getting familiarity in chemical rocket propulsion systems Apply

CO3 Detailing about solid propulsion systems Apply

Interpreting the applications and principles of liquid propulsion
CO4 systems Apply
Gaining knowledge about the advanced propulsion techniques used
CO5 Understand
for interplanetary space mission

Course Contents:

UNIT I Ramjet and Scramjet Propulsion 12

Operating principle of Ramjet engine – combustion in Ramjet engine- ramjet performance and sample
ramjet design calculations - Introduction to hypersonic air breathing propulsion - need for supersonic
combustion for hypersonic propulsion – scramjet engine and its applications for hypersonic vehicles –
problems associated with supersonic combustion – Components of hypersonic vehicles – various types
of scramjet combustors and its fuel injection schemes

UNIT II Chemical Rocket Propulsion 12

Operating principle – specific impulse and internal ballistics – performance characteristics of rockets –
simple rocket design problems – types of igniters- Rocket nozzle classification - air augmented rockets
– pulse rocket motors – static testing of rockets & instrumentation – safety considerations

UNIT III Solid Rocket Propulsion 12

Salient features and selection criteria – estimation of solid propellant adiabatic flame temperature -
propellant grain design considerations – erosive burning – combustion instability – strand burner and T-
burner – applications and advantages

UNIT IV Liquid and Hybrid Rocket Propulsion 12

Salient features and selection criteria – applications and limitations - various feed systems - thrust
control and cooling methods – combustion instability – operation of cryogenic engines - hybrid rocket
propulsion – standard and reverse hybrid systems
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V Space Propulsion 12

Electric rocket propulsion – future applications of electric propulsion - Ion propulsion – Nuclear rocket –
preliminary concepts in nozzle-less propulsion – Solar sail - comparison of performance of these
propulsion systems with chemical rocket propulsion systems – current scenario of advanced propulsion
projects worldwide
Total: 60 Periods
Text Books:
1. Mathur, M.L., and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, Standard
Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 2014.
2. Sutton, G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 8th Edition,
2010.

Reference Book:
1. Robert G. Jahn, “Physics of Electric Propulsion”, Dover Publications, 2006.

Additional References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/106/101106082/
2. https://www.grc.nasa.gov/www/k-12/rocket/rocket.html
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme
Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
5
Attendance

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE503 Compressible Flow Aerodynamics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core

Pre requisites Low Speed Aerodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To introduce the concepts of compressibility and flow through convergent- divergent nozzle,
2. To make the student understand the theory behind the formation of shocks and expansionfans
in Supersonic flows.
3. To make the student recognize the shock wave problems in supersonic flows.
4. To understand the Linearized flow theory for streamlined bodies.
5. To study the fundamental of compressible flow equations and transonic flow over wing

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Apply the concept of continuum, compressibility, and calculate the
CO1 Apply
compressible flow through a duct of varying cross section.

CO2 To understand about the formation of normal and oblique shocks Understand
Solve numerical problemsrelated to shock wavein supersonic flow
CO3 Apply
and design concept of supersonic nozzle.

CO4 Apply the Linearized flow theory for streamlined bodies Apply

Apply the concepts to increase the performance of an aircraft

CO5 Apply
during transonic and supersonicspeeds

Course contents:
UNIT I One Dimensional Compressible Flow 10
Continuity, Momentum, Energy and state equations, adiabatic steady state flow equations, velocity of
sound, Flow through convergent- divergent passage, Performance under various back pressures.

UNIT II Normal and Oblique Shocks 12

Prandtl equation and Rankine – Hugonoit relation, Normal shock equations, Pitot static tube,corrections
for subsonic and supersonic flows, Oblique shocks and corresponding equations,Hodograph and
pressure turning angle, shock polar, flow past wedges and concave corners,strong, weak and detached
shocks

UNIT III Expansion Waves and Method of Characteristics 8

Flow past convex corners, Expansion hodograph, Reflection and interaction of shocks andexpansion,
waves. Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzle contours.Rayleigh and Fanno
Flows.

UNIT IV Differential Equations of Motion for Steady Compressible Flows 7

Small perturbation potential theory, Prandtl-Glauert rule - affine transformation relations for subsonic
flows, Linearized two dimensional supersonic flow theory - Lift, drag, pitching moment and center of
pressure of supersonic profiles.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V High Speed Flow Over Wing 8

Lower and upper critical Mach numbers, Lift and drag, divergence, Characteristics of swept wings,
Effects of thickness, camber and aspect ratio of wings, transonic area rule. Introduction to Hypersonic
Aerodynamics.

Total: 45 Periods
(Use of Standard and approved Gas Tablesare permitted)

Text books:
1. Anderson Jr., D., – “Modern compressible flows”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1999.
2. L.J. Clancy, “Aerodynamics” Sterling Book House, 2006
3. Rathakrishnan, E., “Gas Dynamics”, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2017.

References:
1. Shapiro, A.H., “Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow”, Ronald
Press,1982
2. Zucrow, M.J. and Anderson, J.D., “Elements of gas dynamics”, McGraw-Hill Book Co. New
York, 1989.
3. J. D. Anderson, "Fundamentals of Aerodynamics", Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill Education
IndiaPrivate Limited, 2010.

Additional references:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103021/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/101106044/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/105/101105059/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)

POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3

CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment

Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level

Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15

Attendance 5

Summative Assessment

Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination

Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20

Understand 10 10 10 20

Apply 30 30 30 60

Analyze

Evaluate

Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE504 Aircraft Structural Analysis
3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Strength of Materials for Aeronautical Engineers,Aircraft Structural
Pre requisites
Mechanics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Calculate the Bending Stress for Unsymmetrical and Symmetrical section
2. Provide the knowledge of shear flow calculation and shear centerestimation for closed
and open sections
3. Understand the buckling of plates and using the concepts to solve the sheet panel
problems
4. Provide the practical exposure to estimate allowable stresses due to stresses Calculated.
To check the strength of the component and to estimate Margins of Safety
5. Prepare students for designing structural elements of the wing and fuselage sections

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Analyze the stresses with different axis like Principal plane, NA plane
CO1 Analyze
and two mutually perpendicular axis
CO2 Sketch the Shear Flow Distribution in open and Closed Section Understand
CO3 Analyze the failure modes occur in thin walled plates structures Analyze
Learn the types of calculating the allowable stresses for varying
CO4 Apply
sections using different methods
CO5 Construct the Aircraft skin with stiffener and their location. Apply

Course contents:

UNIT – I Unsymmetrical Bending 9

Bending stresses in beams of unsymmetricalsections– Generalized k-method, Neutral axis method,
Principal axis method

UNIT – II Shear Flow in open Sections 9

Thin-walled beams – Concept of shear flow – The shear center and its determination – Shear flow
distribution in symmetrical and unsymmetrical thin-Walled sections

UNIT – III Shear Flow In Closed Sections 9

Bredt - Batho theory – Single-cell and multi-cell tubes subject to torsion – Shear flow distribution in
thinwalled single & Multi-cell structures subject to combined bending and torsion – With walls effective
and ineffective in bending

UNIT – IV BUCKLING OF PLATES 9

Rectangular sheets under compression – Local buckling stress of thin walled sections – Crippling
stresses by Needham’s and Gerard’s methods– Sheet stiffener panels – Effective width – Inter
rivet and sheet wrinkling failures.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT – V Stress Analysis in Wing And Fuselage 9

Loads on an aircraft – the V-n diagram – shear force and bending moment distribution over the
aircraft wing and fuselage – shear flow in thin-webbed beams with parallel and non-parallel flanges
– complete tension field beams – semi-tension field beam theory

Total: 45 Periods
Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams 1 Apply
2 Shear center location for open sections 1,2 Apply
3 Shear center location for closed sections. 1,2 Apply
4 Shear center location for Angle sections 1,2 Apply
5 Wagner beam - Tension field beam 5 Apply
6 Combined bending and Torsion of a Hollow Circular Tube 5 Apply
7 Flexibility matrix of a cantilever beam 1,2,3 Apply
8. Fabrication of composite laminate 3,4 Apply
9. Stresses in circular disc using photo elastic model 4 Apply
10. Stresses in circular disc using photo elastic model 4 Apply
Total: 30 Periods
List of Equipment for a Batch of 30 Students

Experiment
S. No. Name of the equipment Quantity
No.
1. Wagner beam 1 5
2. Unsymmetrical bending set up 1 1
3. Set up for combined bending and torsion 1 6
4. Photo elasticity set up 1 9,10
5. Beams with weight hangers and dial gauges 3 2,3,4,7

Text books
1. T. M. G. Megson, "Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students", Butterworth Heinemann, 2012
2. Bruhn. E.H., "Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicles Structures", Tri-state off-set Company,
USA, 1985
3. Bruce K. Donaldson., ‘Analysis of Aircraft Structures’, Second Edition, Cambridge
University Press., 2008
References
1. Peery, D.J., and Azar, J.J., Aircraft Structures, 2nd edition, McGraw – Hill, N.Y., 1999
2. Howard D Curtis, "Fundamentals of Aircraft Structural Analysis", WCB-McGraw Hill, 1997
3. G. Lakshmi Narasaiah, ‘Aircraft Structures’, CRC Press, 2011.
4. C T Sun, ‘Mechanics of Aircraft Structures’, Second Edition, Wiley publisher, April 2006.

Web References
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-080j-structural-mechanics-fall-
2013/course-notes/MIT2_080JF13_Lecture11.pdf
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwTrStB_8Lg
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WCEsOI9m97o&t=542s
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Total
Assessment Component Marks
Level marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Theory with Practical

Summative Assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Theory Practical’s
Bloom’s Examination
Level Rubric (Theory)
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III Attendance
based CIA (50)
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (5)
(20)
Remember 10 10 10 20 40
Understand 10 10 10 20 40
Apply 30 30 30 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE505 Aero engine & Airframe Laboratory
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Aeronautical Engineering Practices Laboratory

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair procedures of aero
engines.
2. To enrich the knowledge for overhaul of aero engines.
3. To practice the composite structure fabrication.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Ability to maintain and repair the aero engines. Apply
Ability to overhaul auxiliary systems, pumps, carburetorlubrication Apply
CO 2
and cooling system
CO 3 Ability to practice wood gluing and welding Apply

CO 4 To practice the Rivet, Tube bending and flaring Apply

CO 5 Preparation of sheet metal work and composite laminate structures Apply

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
1. Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft piston engine. CO1 Understand
Study of Camshaft operation, firing order and magneto, valve Understand
2. CO1
timing
3. Study of lubrication and cooling system CO1 Understand
4. Study of auxiliary systems, pumps and carburetor CO1 Understand
5. Aircraft wood gluing-single & double scarf joints CO2 Analyze
6. Welded single & double V-joints. CO3 Analyze
7. Fabric & Riveted Patch repairs CO4 Analyze
8. Tube bending and flaring CO4 Analyze
9. Sheet metal forming CO5 Analyze
Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and Analyze
10. CO3
specimens.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

Experiment
S. No. Name of the equipment Quantity
No.
1. Aircraft Piston engines 1 1,2
2. Set of basic tools for dismantling and assembly 1 set 1,2
3. NDT equipment 1 set 6,7
4. Micrometers, depth gauges, vernier calipers 2 sets 1 to 10

5. Valve timing disc 1 2

6. Shear cutter pedestal type 1 9
7. Drilling Machine 1 7
8. Bench Vices 1 5
9. Radius Bend bars 1 8
10. Pipe Flaring Tools 1 8
11. Welding machine 1 6
12. Glass fibre, epoxy resin 1 10
13. Strain gauges and strain indicator 1 1 to 10

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Bloom’s Model
Continuous [50 marks]
Level Examination
Assessment
[20 marks]
[25 marks]
Remember
Understand 40 40 40
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate 60 60 60
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

VI SEMESTER

L T P C
20AE601 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Strength of Materials and Mathematics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems
2. Study 1D structural and thermal problems with FE technique
3. Practice 2D finite element problems.
4. Recognize the concepts of axisymmetric and apply to real time problems
5. Appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Apply direct stiffness, Rayleigh -Ritz, Galerkin method to solve Understand
CO1
engineering problems.
CO2 Solve linear 1D structural rod, beams and frames problems. Apply

CO3 Solve two dimensional Structural problems FEM method. Apply

Derive shape functions for 4 and 8 node quadrilateral and apply Apply
CO4
numerical integration.
Calculate heat conduction and convection heat transfer Analyze
CO5
problems and familiarize FEA software.

Course Contents:
UNIT I Introduction 9
Review of various approximate methods – variational approach and weighted residual approach -
application to structural mechanics problems. finite difference methods- governing equation of finite
element method.

UNITII Discrete Elements 9

Bar elements, uniform section, mechanical and thermal loading, varying section, 2D and 3D truss
element. Beam element - problems for various loadings and boundary conditions – 2D and 3D Frame
elements.

UNIT III Continuum Elements 9

Plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems. Derivation of element matrices for constant and
linear strain triangular elements and axisymmetric element.

UNIT IV Isoparametric Elements 9

Definitions, Shape function for 4 and 8 nodal quadrilateral elements, stiffness matrix and consistent
load vector, evaluation of element matrices using numerical integration.

UNIT V Field Problem And Methods Of Solutions 9

Heat transfer problems, steady state fin problems, derivation of element matrices for two dimensional
problems, torsion problems – Features of software packages, sources of error.
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. Reddy. J.N., “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2005
2. Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2007.

Reference Books:
1. Bhatti Asghar M, "Fundamental Finite Element Analysis and Applications", John Wiley & Sons,
2005 (Indian Reprint 2013).
2. Chandrupatla & Belagundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall College Div, 1990.
3. Logan, D.L., “A first course in Finite Element Method”, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
4. Rao, S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 3rd Edition, Butterworth Heinemann,
2004.
5. Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkus, Michael E. Plesha, Robert J. Witt, “Concepts and
Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, 4th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, 2002.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 - 1
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 1
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE602 Composite Materials andStructures
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering Materials and Metallurgy

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To make the student understand the analysis of composite laminates under different loading
conditions and different environmental conditions.
2. To learn the manufacturing of composite materials.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Understanding the mechanics of composite materials Understand

Ability to analyse the laminated composites for various loading
CO2 Analyse
eases
CO3 Knowledge gained in manufacture of composites. Understand
CO4 Should analyze sandwich and laminated plates Analyse
Should be able to construct and analysis different composite
CO5 Analyse
technique

Course Contents

Unit –I Micromechanics 9

Introduction - advantages and application of composite materials – types of reinforcements and

matrices - micro mechanics – mechanics of materials approach, elasticity approach- bounding
techniques – fiber volume ratio – mass fraction – density of composites. effect of voids in
composites.

Unit –II Macromechanics 9

Generalized Hooke’s Law - elastic constants for anisotropic, orthotropic and isotropic materials -
macro mechanics – stress-strain relations with respect to natural axis, arbitrary axis – determination
of in plane strengths of a lamina - experimental characterization of lamina. failure theories of a
lamina. hygrothermal effects on lamina.

Unit –III Laminated Plate Theory 9

Governing differential equation for a laminate. stress – strain relations for a laminate. different types
of laminates. in plane and flexural constants of a laminate. hygrothermal stresses and strains in a
laminate. failure analysis of a laminate. impact resistance and interlaminar stresses. netting analysis

Unit –IV Fabrication Process and Repair Methods 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Various open and closed mould processes, manufacture of fibers, importance of repair and different
types of repair techniques in composites – autoclave and non-autoclave methods.

Unit –V Sandwich Constructions 9

Basic design concepts of sandwich construction - materials used for sandwich construction - failure
modes of sandwich panels - bending stress and shear flow in composite beams

Total : 45 Periods

Text Books

1. Autar K Kaw, ‘Mechanics of Composite Materials’, CRC Press, 2nd edition, 2005.
2. Isaac M. Daniel &OriIshai , "Mechanics of Composite Materials," OUP USA publishers, 2
ndedition, 2005.
3. MadhujitMukhopadhyay, Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures, University
Press, 2004
Reference Books

1. Michael F. Ashley, “Material Selection in Mechanical Design”, 5th edition, Butterworth-

Heiner, 2016
2. Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman, L.J., "Analysis and Performance of Fibre Composites," John
Wiley & Sons, 3rd edition, July 2006.
3. Allen Baker, Composite Materials for Aircraft Structures, AIAA Series, 2ndEdition, 2004
4. Calcote, L R. “The Analysis of laminated Composite Structures”, Von – Nostrand Reinhold
Company, New York 1998.
5. Lubing, Handbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glass, Von Nostran Reinhold Co., New
York, 1989.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - - 2 2 3
CO2 3 3 2 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - - 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - - 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - - 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 - 3 - 3 - - 2 - - 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE603 Professional Ethics in Engineering
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites NIL

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To enable the students to create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values to
instill Moral and Social Values and Loyalty and to appreciate the rights of others.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Knowledge of Professional ethics Understand

CO2 Ability to apply ethics in society. Understand

CO3 Ability to discuss the ethical issue related to engineering. Understand

CO4 Ability to realize the responsibilities. Understand

CO5 Have knowledge on rights in the society. Understand

Course Contents:

UNIT I Human Values 9

Morals, values and Ethics – Integrity – Work ethic – Service learning – Civic virtue – Respect for others
– Living peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing time – Cooperation -
Commitment – Empathy – Self confidence – Character – Spirituality – Introduction to Yoga and
meditation for professional excellence and stress management.

UNIT II Engineering Ethics 9

Senses of ‘Engineering Ethics’ – Variety of moral issues – Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral
Autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of
professional roles - Theories about right action – Self-interest – Customs and Religion – Uses of Ethical
Theories.

UNIT III Engineering as Social Experimentation 9

Engineering as Experimentation – Engineers as responsible Experimenters – Codes of Ethics – A
Balanced Outlook on Law.

UNIT IV Safety, Responsibilities and Rights 9

Safety and Risk – Assessment of Safety and Risk – Risk Benefit Analysis and Reducing Risk - Respect
for Authority – Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of Interest – Occupational Crime –
Professional Rights – Employee Rights – Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination.

UNIT V Global Issues 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Multinational Corporations – Environmental Ethics – Computer Ethics – Weapons Development –

Engineers as Managers – Consulting Engineers – Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors –
Moral Leadership –Code of Conduct – Corporate Social Responsibility.

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2004.
2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2003.

References:
1. Charles B. Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.
2. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard and Michael J. Rabins, “Engineering Ethics – Concepts
and Cases”, Cengage Learning, 2009.
3. Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, “Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists and
Engineers”, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001.
4. John R Boatright, “Ethics and the Conduct of Business”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2003
5. Laura P. Hartman and Joe Desjardins, “Business Ethics: Decision Making for Personal Integrity
and Social Responsibility” Mc Graw Hill education, India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
6. World Community Service Centre, ‘ Value Education’, Vethathiri publications, Erode, 2011.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total marks
Level Assessment Component Marks

Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE604 UAV Systems
3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To know about the basic terminology and design stages of UAV and MAV.
2. To understand the aerodynamics, airframe configurations and structures.
3. To impart knowledge about the avionics system used in UAV and MAV
4. To understand the communication and control systems for suitable payloads.
5. To expose the navigation system and future challenges in mini-UAV.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Explain the basic terminologies to develop the UAV systems. Understanding
Prepare preliminary design requirements for an unmanned
CO2 Analyze
aerial vehicle.
CO3 Ability to identify different hardware for UAV Understanding
CO4 Perform system testing for unmanned aerial vehicles. Analyze
Design micro aerial vehicle systems by considering practical
CO5 Understanding
limitations.

Course contents:

UNITI Introduction to UAV 9

History of UAV –classification – Introduction to Unmanned Aircraft Systems--models and prototypes –
System Composition-applications

UNITII The Design of UAV Systems 9

Introduction to Design and Selection of the System- Aerodynamics and Airframe Configurations-
Characteristics of Aircraft Types- Design Standards and Regulatory Aspects-UK,USA and Europe-
Design for Stealth--control surfaces-specifications.

UNITIII Avionics Hardware 9

Autopilot – AGL- Selection of motors and Battery-UAV and MAV airframe weight calculations, pressure
sensors-servos-accelerometer –gyros-actuators- power supply processor, installation and testing.

UNITIV Communication PayloadsandControls 9

Payloads-Telemetry-tracking-Aerial photography-controls-PID feedback-radio control frequency range –
modems-memory system-simulation-ground test-analysis-trouble shooting

UNITV The Development OfUAV Systems 9

Waypoints navigation-ground control software- System Ground Testing- System In-flight Testing-
Future Prospects and Challenges-Case Studies – Mini and Micro UAVs.

Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
1 Fabricate thebasic glider models. 1 Apply
2 Components and material selection for UAV's. 2,3 Apply
3 Determine the Centre of gravity calculation of Fixed wing UAV. 2 Apply
4 Determine the payload and weight estimation of UAV 4 Apply
5 Calibration of motors thrust with various ESC & propellers. 3,4 Apply
6 Design of fuselage for a Fixed wing UAV. 2 Apply
7 Design of wings and tail for a fixed wing UAV. 3 Apply
8 Fabrication of Fixed Wing UAV 1,2,3,4 Apply
Drone base and avionic components assembling in Quadcopter
9 4,5 Apply
configuration.
Conduct the RC transmitter resetting, calibration & frequency
10 5 Apply
binding.
11 Propeller balancing procedure. 2 Apply
12 Testing of lithium battery and maintenance. 4 Apply
13 Study the troubleshooting of UAV systems. 4,5 Apply

Total: 30periods
Text books:
1. Paul G Fahlstrom, Thomas J Gleason, “Introduction to UAV Systems”, UAV Systems,
Inc, 1998.
2. Reg Austin “Unmanned Aircraft Systems UAV design, development and deployment”,
Wiley, 2010.

References:
1. Dr. Armand J. Chaput, “Design of Unmanned Air Vehicle Systems”, Lockheed Martin
Aeronautics Company,2001
2. Robert C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw-Hill, Inc,1998.
3. MirosawAdamski, "Power units and power supply systems in UAV", New Edition, Taylor
and Francis Group publishers, 2014.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 -
CO3 3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 -
CO4 3 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Total
Assessment Component Marks
Level marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Theory with Practical

Summative Assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final
Theory Practical’s
Bloom’s Examination
Level Rubric (Theory)
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III Attendance
based CIA (50)
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (5)
(20)
Remember 10 10 10 20 40
Understand 10 10 10 20 40
Apply 30 30 30 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE605 Analysis and Simulation Laboratory
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Finite Element Methods

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To make the students familiarize with computational fluid dynamics and structural analysis
software tools.
2. By employing these tools for Aerospace applications students will have an opportunity to
expose themselves to simulation software.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Simulate flow inside the nozzle and compressor using ANSYS Fluent. Analyze
Simulate flow over subsonic and supersonic wing and diffusers
CO 2 Analyze
ANSYS Fluent.
CO 3 Simulation flow through turbine blade passage ANSYS Fluent. Analyze
Analysis stress and deflection of wing , fuselage and landing gear
CO 4 Analyze
structure using Fem Software
CO 5 Analysis Composite structure using Fem Software Analyze

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
Grid independence study and convergence test using any
1 simple case like pipe flow, diffuser flow, flow over a cylinder, CO1 Apply
aero foil etc.
2 Simulation of flow over backward facing step. CO1 Apply
Simulation of Karman vortex trail (vortex shedding) using
3 CO2 Apply
circular cylinder.
4 External flow simulation of subsonic and supersonic aero foils. CO2 Apply
Internal flow simulation of subsonic, sonic and supersonic flow
5 CO3 Analyze
through a CD nozzle.
6 Structural analysis of bar, beam and truss. CO3 Analyze
7 Structural analysis of tapered wing. CO4 Analyze
8 Structural analysis of fuselage structure. CO4 Analyze
9 Analysis of composite laminate structures. CO5 Analyze
10 Heat transfer analysis of structures. CO5 Analyze
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

Experiment
S. No. Name of the equipment Quantity
No.
1 Internal server (or) Work station 1 All
2 Computers 30 All
3 Standard Modelling and analysis packages 30 licenses All
4 UPS 1 All

5 Printer 1 All

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 - 1
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Bloom’s Model
Continuous [50 marks]
Level Examination
Assessment
[25 marks] [20 marks]
Remember
Understand
Apply 40 40 40
Analyze 60 60 60
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

VII SEMESTER

L T P C
20AE701 Computational Fluid Dynamics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Fluid dynamics, Heat transfer

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize Governing Equations of viscous fluid flows
2. Introduce numerical modeling and its role in the field of fluid flow and heat
transfer.
3. Create confidence to solve complex
4. Enable the students to understand the various discretization methods, solution
procedures and turbulence modeling
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Derive the governing equations and boundary conditions for Fluid
CO1 Understand
dynamics
CO2 Analyze Finite difference and Finite volume method for Diffusion Apply

CO3 Analyze Finite volume method for Convective diffusion Apply

CO4 Analyze Flow field problems Apply
CO5 Explain the Turbulence models and Mesh generation techniques Understand

Course Contents:

UNIT I Governing Equations and Boundary Conditions 9

Basics of computational fluid dynamics – Governing equations of fluid dynamics – Continuity,
Momentum and Energy equations – Chemical species transport – Physical boundary conditions –
Time-averaged equations for Turbulent Flow – Turbulent–Kinetic Energy Equations – Mathematical
behaviour of PDEs on CFD - Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations.

UNIT II Finite Difference and Finite Volume Methods for Diffusion 9

Derivation of finite difference equations – Simple Methods – General Methods for first and second order
accuracy – Finite volume formulation for steady state One, Two and Three -dimensional diffusion
problems –Parabolic equations – Explicit and Implicit schemes – Use of Finite Difference and Finite
Volume methods.

UNIT III Finite Volume Method for Convection Diffusion 9

Steady one-dimensional convection and diffusion – Central, upwind differencing schemes properties of
discretization schemes – Conservativeness, Boundedness, Transportiveness, Hybrid, Power-law,
QUICK Schemes.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT IV Flow Field Analysis 9

Finite volume methods -Representation of the pressure gradient term and continuity equation –
Staggered grid – Momentum equations – Pressure and Velocity corrections – Pressure Correction
equation, SIMPLE algorithm and its variants – PISO Algorithms.

UNIT V Turbulence Models and Mesh Generation 9

Turbulence models, mixing length model, Two equation (k-Є) models – High and low Reynolds number
models – Structured Grid generation – Unstructured Grid generation – Mesh refinement – Adaptive
mesh – Software tools.
Total: 45 Periods

Text Books:
3. Versteeg, H.K., and Malalasekera, W., "An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: The
finite volume Method", Pearson Education Ltd, Second Edition, 2007.
4. Ghoshdastidar, P.S., "Computer Simulation of flow and heat transfer", Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Anil W. Date "Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics" Cambridge University Press,
2005.
2. Chung, T.J. "Computational Fluid Dynamics", Cambridge University, Press, 2002.
3. Ghoshdastidar P.S., "Heat Transfer", Oxford University Press, 2005
4. Muralidhar, K., and Sundararajan, T., "Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer", Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2014.
5. Patankar, S.V. "Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow", Hemisphere Publishing Corporation,
2004

Additional References:
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105045/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107080/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 - -
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 - -
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 - -
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE702 Innovation & Entrepreneurship
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To promote the innovation & entrepreneurship skills of the students

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Comprehend the role of bounded rationality, framing, causation Understand
CO1
and effectuation inentrepreneurial decision making.
CO2 Demonstrate an ability to design a business model canvas. Apply

CO3 Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startup ventures. Apply
Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting
CO4 Apply
business pitching topotential investors.
CO5 Forms of business organizations Understand

Course Contents:

Unit I Introduction to Entrepreneurship 9

Entrepreneurs; entrepreneurial personality and intentions- characteristics, traits and behavioral,
entrepreneurial challenges.

Unit II Entrepreneurial Opportunities 9

Opportunities. Discovery / creation, Pattern identification andrecognition for venture creation: prototype
and exemplar model, reverse engineering.

Unit III Entrepreneurial Process and Decision Making 9

Entrepreneurial ecosystem, Ideation, development and exploitation of opportunities; Negotiation,
decision making process and approaches, Effectuation and Causation.

Unit IV Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups 9

Introduction to business models; Creating value propositions-conventional industry logic, value
innovation logic; customer focused innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business
model canvas, Introduction to lean startups, Business Pitching.

Unit V Organizing Business and Entrepreneurial Finance 9

Forms of business organizations; organizational structures; Evolution of Organisation, sources and
selection of venture finance options and its managerial implications. Policy Initiatives and focus; role of
institutions in promoting entrepreneurship.

Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. Ries, Eric (2011), The lean Start-up: How constant innovation creates radically successful
businesses, Penguin Books Limited.
2. Blank, Steve (2013), The Startup Owner’s Manual: The Step by Step Guide for
Building a Great Company, K&S Ranch.
Reference Books:
1. T. H. Byers, R. C. Dorf, A. Nelson, Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise, McGraw
Hill (2013)
2. Osterwalder, Alex and Pigneur, Yves (2010) Business Model Generation.
3. Kachru, Upendra, India Land of a Billion Entrepreneurs, Pearson
4. Bagchi, Subroto, (2012). MBA At 16: a Teenager’s Guide to Business, Penguin Books
5. Bansal, Rashmi, Stay Hungry Stay Foolish, CIIE, IIM Ahmedabad
6. Bansal, Rashmi, (2013). Follow Every Rainbow, Westland.
7. Verstraete, T. and Laffitte, E.J. (2011). a Business Model of Entrepreneurship, Edward
Elgar Publishing.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO2 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO3 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO4 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO5 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE703 Aircraft Design
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional core
Pre requisites Flight dynamics, aircraft structures

Course objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To introduce and develop basic concept of aircraft design
2. At the end of this course, the student should be able to understand and apply the various
concepts related to airplane design.
3. The student should be able to design various structural components of the aircraft.
4. The student should be able to estimate the weight, performance and stability parameters of
various types of aircrafts during various flight conditions.
5. The course enables students to conceptually design various types of aircrafts.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO 1 Analyze various concepts related to aircraft design Analyze

CO 2 Estimate weight & geometrical parameters of different types of Analyze

aircrafts
CO 3 Learn basic aspects of Propulsion system and design of an various Understand
types of aircrafts flying under various flight conditions.
CO 4 Analyze and estimate performance parameters during aircraft design Analyze

CO 5 Estimate and analyze the landing and take-off performance Apply

Course Contents

Unit I Introduction 6
State of art in airplane design, Purpose and scope of airplane design, Classification of airplanes based
on purpose and configuration. Factors affecting configuration, Merits of different plane layouts. Stages
in Airplane design. Aircraft design, Requirements and specifications, Features of special purpose
airplanes, unmanned aerial vehicles and their features, Control configured vehicles.

Unit II Preliminary Design Procedure 9

Data collection and 3-view drawings, · their purpose, weight estimation, Weight equation method –
Development & procedures for evaluation of component weights. Weight fractions for various
segments of mission. Choice of wind loading and thrust loading.

UNIT III Power Plant Selection and Design of Wing 10

Choices available, comparative merits, Location of power plants, Functions dictating the locations.
Selection of aerofoil. Selection of Wing parameters, selection of sweep, Effect of Aspect ratio,
Wing Design and Airworthiness requirements, V-n diagram, loads, Structural features.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT IV Fuselage and Empennage 10

Elements of fuselage design, Loads on fuselage, Fuselage Design. Fuselage and tail sizing.
Determination of tail surface areas, Tail design, Structural features, check for nose wheel lift off.

UNIT V Design of Landing Gear and Control Surface 10

Landing Gear Design, Loads on landing gear, Preliminary landing gear design. Requirement of
undercarriage, Different arrangements, Mechanism for retraction into fuselage and wing,
Absorption of landing loads, Calculations of loads

Total: 45 Periods

Text books:
1. Raymer, D.P. Aircraft conceptual Design, AIAA series, 5th edition, 2012.
2. Torenbeck, E. Synthesis of Subsonic Airplane Design, Delft University Press, U.K. 2013.
3. John P. Fielding, Introduction to Aircraft Design, second edition,2017

Reference:
1. Kuechemann, D, “ The Aerodynamic Design of Aircraft, American Institute of Aeronautics
publishers, 2012
2. Aircraft Performance and Design: J. D. Anderson Jr., TATA McGRAW-HILL, 2010.

Web references:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/106/101106035/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - 1 1 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO2 3 - 1 1 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO3 3 - 1 1 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO4 2 - 1 1 - 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 -
CO5 1 - 1 1 - 2 - - - - - 1 1 1 -

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE704 Aircraft Systems & Flight Simulator Laboratory
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Aircraft Systems, Flight Simulator
Aircraft General Engineering and Maintenance Practices, Flight Stability and
Pre requisites
Control

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To study the procedure involved in maintenance of Aircraft Systems.
2. To study the maintenance of filter, hydraulic and fuel systems.
3. To study the performance of brake components.
4. To study the flight simulator.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Ability to understand to procedure involved in maintenance of various
CO 1 Analyze
air frame systems
CO 2 Explain the four fundamental forces of the flight. Analyze

CO 3 Describe integrated flight instruction. Analyze

CO 4 Perform the Steep turns and ground reference maneuvers. Analyze

CO 5 Perform take offs and Landings. Analyze

Laboratory Components
CO Blooms
S. No. Exercises
Mapping Level
11. Aircraft “Jacking Up” procedure CO1 Understand
12. Aircraft “Levelling” procedure CO1 Understand
13. Control System “Rigging check” procedure CO1 Understand
14. Aircraft “Symmetry Check” procedure CO1 Understand
15. Introductory Flight CO2 Understand
16. Four Fundamentals of the flight CO2 Analyze
17. Slow Flight and Stall Recovery CO3 Analyze
18. Emergency procedures CO3 Analyze
19. Traffic Pattern Review CO4 Analyze
20. Performance Take offs and Landings CO5 Analyze
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

Experiment
S. No. Name of the equipment Quantity
No.
14. Serviceable aircraft with all above systems 1 1 to 4
15. Hydraulic Jacks (Screw Jack) 3 1,2,4
16. Trestle adjustable 2 1,2,4
17. Spirit Level 3 1,2,4

18. Cable Tensiometer 1 1,2,4,7

19. Plumb Bob 1 3,7
20. Internal server (or) Work station 1 5 to 10
21. Flight Simulator package(Open Source) 30 5 to 10
22. Computers 30 5 to 10
23. UPS 1 5 to 10

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Bloom’s Model
Continuous [50 marks]
Level Examination
Assessment
[20 marks]
[25 marks]
Remember
Understand 40 40 40
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate 60 60 60
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AE705 Design Project
0 0 2 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Aircraft Design

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To know about the aircraft on comparing them
2. To learn about the weigh estimation and design parameters
3. To understand the preliminary design of an aircraft
4. Ways to learn the load distribution of an aircraft
5. To draw CAD drawings about aircraft three view

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Getting knowledge about different types of airplanes Apply

CO2 Understanding the weight estimation and design parameters Apply

CO3 Gaining knowledge about the preliminary design of an aircraft Apply

CO4 Creating aircraft design on balancing and maneuvering loads Apply

CO5 Learn about three view of the aircraft drawing Apply

Course contents:
1. Comparative studies of different types of airplanes and their specifications and performance
details with reference to the design work under taken.
2. Preliminary weight estimation, Selection of design parameters, power plant selection, aerofoil
selection, fixing the geometry of Wing, tail, control surfaces Landing gear selection.
3. Preliminary design of an aircraft wing – Shrenck’s curve, structural load distribution, shear force,
bending moment and torque diagrams
4. Preliminary design of an aircraft fuselage – load distribution on an aircraft fuselage
5. Design of control surfaces - balancing and maneuvering loads on the tail plane and aileron,
rudder loads
6. Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Raymer, D.P. Aircraft conceptual Design, AIAA series, 5th edition, 2012.
2.Torenbeck, E. Synthesis of Subsonic Airplane Design, Delft University Press, U.K. 1986.

References:
1. Kuechemann, D, “The Aerodynamic Design of Aircraft, American Institute of Aeronautics
publishers, 2012

Additional references:
1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104069/
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 2 - 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Assessment based on Continuous and Final Examination

Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
(Attendance – 5 marks)
Rubric based Final Examination
Model
Bloom’s Level Continuous [50 marks]
Examination
Assessment
[25 marks] [20 marks]
Remember
Understand 40 40 40
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate 60 60 60
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Professional Elective

STREAM – 1 AERODYNAMICS

Low Speed Aerodynamics L T P C

20AEE01
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Fluid mechanics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To introduce the concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation relating to
aerodynamics.
2. To provide the mathematical understanding of basic flows and their combinations.
3. To understand the Theory of Aero foil And Wing Sections.
4. To understand the vortex filament and lifting line theory.
5. To introduce the conceptual boundary layer thickness.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 To apply governing equation to various fluid flow models Apply

Able to apply the knowledge of basic flows to the various bodies in

CO2 Apply
the atmosphere for thegeneration of lift
Able to solve the aerodynamic problems associated with the airfoils
CO3 Apply
and the transformation.
Able to simulate wings with help of aerodynamic tools for various
CO4 Apply
ambient conditions.
CO5 Knowledge on incompressible flow and viscous flow. Apply

Course contents:

UNIT I Basic Aerodynamics 6

Continuity, momentum and energy equations-Differential and Integral forms

UNIT II Two Dimensional Flows and Generation of Lift 12

Basic flows – Source, Sink, Free and Forced vortex, uniform parallel flow. Their combinations,
Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid
flows KuttaJoukowski’s theorem, Kutta condition.

UNIT III Conformal Transformation and Airfoil Theory 11

Cauchy-Riemann relations, complex potential, methodology of conformal transformation, Kutta
Joukowski transformation and its applications. Thin airfoil theory and its applications.

UNIT IV Subsonic Wing Theory 8

Vortex filament, Biot and Savart law, bound vortex and trailing vortex, horse shoe vortex, lifting line
theory and its limitations.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V Introduction to Boundary Layer 8

Newton’s law of viscosity, Boundary Layer, Navier-Stokes equation, displacement, Momentum
thickness, Flow over a flat plate, Blasius solution.

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Houghton, E.L., and Caruthers, N.B., "Aerodynamics for Engineering students", Edward Arnold
Publishers Ltd., London, 1982.
2. Anderson, J.D., "Fundamentals of Aerodynamics", McGraw Hill Book Co., 6th edition, 2016.

Reference books:
1. John J Bertin., "Aerodynamics for Engineers", Pearson Education Inc, 2002
2. Clancey, L J.," Aerodynamics", Pitman, 1986
3. Milne Thomson, L.H., “Theoretical aerodynamics”, Macmillan, 2007

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Compressible Flow Aerodynamics L T P C

20AE503
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Low Speed Aerodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To introduce the concepts of compressibility and flow through convergent- divergent nozzle,
2. To make the student understand the theory behind the formation of shocks and expansionfans
in Supersonic flows.
3. To make the student recognize the shock wave problems in supersonic flows.
4. To understand the Linearized flow theory for streamlined bodies.
5. To study the fundamental of compressible flow equations and transonic flow over wing

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Apply the concept of continuum, compressibility, and calculate the
CO1 Apply
compressible flow through a duct of varying cross section.

CO2 To understand about the formation of normal and oblique shocks Understand
Solve numerical problemsrelated to shock wavein supersonic flow
CO3 Apply
and design concept of supersonic nozzle.

CO4 Apply the Linearized flow theory for streamlined bodies Apply

Apply the concepts to increase the performance of an aircraft

CO5 Apply
during transonic and supersonicspeeds

Course contents:
UNIT I One Dimensional Compressible Flow 10
Continuity, Momentum, Energy and state equations, adiabatic steady state flow equations, velocity of
sound, Flow through convergent- divergent passage, Performance under various back pressures.

UNIT II Normal and Oblique Shocks 12

Prandtl equation and Rankine – Hugonoit relation, Normal shock equations, Pitot static tube,corrections
for subsonic and supersonic flows, Oblique shocks and corresponding equations,Hodograph and
pressure turning angle, shock polar, flow past wedges and concave corners,strong, weak and detached
shocks

UNIT III Expansion Waves and Method of Characteristics 8

Flow past convex corners, Expansion hodograph, Reflection and interaction of shocks andexpansion,
waves. Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzle contours.Rayleigh and Fanno
Flows.

UNIT IV Differential Equations of Motion for Steady Compressible Flows 7

Small perturbation potential theory, Prandtl-Glauert rule - affine transformation relations for subsonic
flows, Linearized two dimensional supersonic flow theory - Lift, drag, pitching moment and center of
pressure of supersonic profiles.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V High Speed Flow Over Wing 8

Lower and upper critical Mach numbers, Lift and drag, divergence, Characteristics of swept wings,
Effects of thickness, camber and aspect ratio of wings, transonic area rule. Introduction to Hypersonic
Aerodynamics.

Total: 45 Periods
(Use of Standard and approved Gas Tablesare permitted)
Text books:
4. Anderson Jr., D., – “Modern compressible flows”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1999.
5. L.J. Clancy, “Aerodynamics” Sterling Book House, 2006
6. Rathakrishnan, E., “Gas Dynamics”, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2017.

References:
4. Shapiro, A.H., “Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow”, Ronald
Press,1982
5. Zucrow, M.J. and Anderson, J.D., “Elements of gas dynamics”, McGraw-Hill Book Co. New
York, 1989.
6. J. D. Anderson, "Fundamentals of Aerodynamics", Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill Education
IndiaPrivate Limited, 2010.

Additional references:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103021/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/101106044/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/105/101105059/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE03 BOUNDARY LAYER THEORY
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Basics of Fluid Mechanics, Aerodynamics I, Computational Fluid Dynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To learn the fundamentals of Boundary Layer Theory.
2. To study the fluid flows and flow separation.
3. To study about wind tunnel techniques.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Know about the basic fundamentals of Different types of Boundary
CO1 Apply
layer thickness
CO2 Understand the behaviour of the fluid flow under static condition Apply
Understand the basics of different types of flows such as laminar,
CO3 Apply
turbulent and compressible. Incompressible, viscid and inviscid flow
CO4 Know the basics of flow separation and boundary layer control Understand
CO5 Know more about analytic techniques and wind tunnel experiments. Apply
Course contents:

Unit I Basic Concepts of Viscous Flows 9

Introduction to hydrodynamic andthermal boundary layer theory, flow over the flat plate at zero
incidences, Boundarylayer thickness, momentum thickness,energy thickness, boundary layer equation
and their generalproperties.

Unit II Solutions to Boundary Layer Flows 9

Method of exact solution‐Blassius solution to boundary layer problems,Approximate solutions – Von
Karman solution to boundary layerflows over the flat plate, flow with pressure gradient, flow over
acylinder, plane Couette flow, circular Couette flow Betweenparallel plates.

Unit III Transition 9

Pipe flow and flow over a flat plate, critical Reynolds number,turbulents, principles of theory of stability
of Laminar flows,Summerfield equation, factors effecting transition, Laminar aerofoils

Unit IV Turbulent Baoundary Layers 9

Fundamentals of turbulent flow, Mean motion fluctuations, ReynoldsEquations, Reynolds stresses,
wind tunnel turbulence, Prandtl’smixing length theory, velocity distribution laws.

Unit V Boun Dary Layer Control and Thermal Boundary Layer 9

Causes of boundary layerseparation. Heattransfer from cold surface,thermal boundary layer growth
over the hot and cold surface, flowover the flat plate with different flow conditions with heat transfer,
Reynolds analogy andColburn analogy, non‐dimensional numbers governing Boundarylayer flows.

Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text books:
1. H Schlichting ‐ Boundary‐Layer TheoryPublished May 20th 2003 by Springer – available in
Indian Edition

References:
1. J.O. Hinze ‐Turbulence: An Introduction to Its Mechanism and Theory 1959
2. Guy Métivier ‐ Small Viscosity and Boundary Layer Methods: Theory, Stability Analysis, and
Applications (Modeling and Simulation in Science, Engineering and Technology) 1st ed. 2004
Edition, Kindle Edition.

Additional references:
1. https://www.springer.com/in/book/9783662529171
2. https://www.elsevier.com/books/boundary‐layer‐and‐flow‐control/lachmann/978‐1‐4832‐
1323‐1
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO4 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE04 Viscous Flow Theory
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aerodynamics, Engineering Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To learn basic knowledge of Aerodynamics.
2. To study about Aerodynamic Flows
3. To impact the study of viscous flow
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Understand the Interpret ideal and Real fluid flows on boundary layer
CO 1 Understand
perspective.
CO 2 Examine laminar incompressible and compressible viscous flows. Understand
Summarize transition phenomenon in incompressible and compressible
CO 3 Understand
flows
CO 4 Apply the statistical mechanics to predict the turbulent flow behavior Apply

Course Contents
Unit –I Introduction 9
Boundary layer on an airfoil, Boundary layer separation, Derivation of the Equations of Motion:
Review of Cartesian tensor notation – Derivation of the full compressible viscous Newtonian
equations – Conservation of mass, momentum, energy – Vorticity and entropy equations – Kelvin's
theorem – Introduction to Non-Newtonian fluids.

Unit –II Laminar Incompressible Viscous Flow 9

Exact solutions: stagnation point flow, Jeffrey-Hamel flow, Stokes problems – Low Reynolds
number flow – Introduction to perturbation theory – Boundary layer theory – Effects of pressure
gradient and curvature – Boundary layer integral equations – Thwaites method.

Unit –III Laminar Compressible Viscous Flow 9

Exact solutions: compressible Couette flow, flow through a shock wave – Compressible boundary
layers – Introduction to shock-boundary layer interaction and hypersonic effects: dissociation,
heating, and non-equilibrium thermodynamics.

Unit –IV Transition To Turbulence 9

Linear transition theory – Introduction to nonlinear theory and numerical methods – Introduction to
experimental results in bounded and free shear flows, both incompressible and compressible –
Effects of roughness, turbulence, vibration, noise, curvature, etc – Transitionseparation interactions
in boundary layers.

Unit –V Turbulent Flow 9

Introduction to Turbulent Flow: Reynolds averaged equations of motion – Law of the wall in the
turbulent boundary layer – Introduction to experimental results for various fundamental turbulent
flows – Bluff bodies, internal flows, free shear flows.

Total : 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books
1. Frank M. White, ‘Viscous Fluid Flow’, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt Ltd., New Delhi,
2011.
2. H.Schlichting and K.Gersten, ‘Boundary Layer Theory’, Ningth Edition, Springer, 2017.

Reference Books
1. Carl M. Bender and Steven A. Orszag, ‘Advanced Mathematical Methods for Scientists and
Engineers I: Asymptotic Methods and Perturbation Theory’, SpringerVerlag, New York,
2013.
2. Rutherford Aris, ‘Vectors, Tensors and the Basic Equations of Fluid Mechanics’, Dover
Publications, 2012.

Additional / Web References

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-25-advanced-fluid-mechanicsfall-
2013/equations-of-viscous-flow/
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/aeronautics-and-astronautics/16-13-aerodynamics-ofviscous-
fluids-fall-2003/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/Iit-Kanpur/FluidMechanics/Ui/Course_Home-
8.Htm
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -

CO 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -

CO 4 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO 5 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Industrial Aerodynamics L T P C
20AEE05
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aerodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To build up necessary background for understand the aerodynamic aspects of wind generators,
automobiles, buildings etc.
2. To introduce the basics of wind energy collectors.
3. To learn the aerodynamics important in recent vehicle industries.
4. To understand the application of various aerodynamic aspects in vehicles and buildings etc.,
5. To realize the effect of vibrations and Reynolds numbers.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Apply the basic wind characteristics. Understand

Realize the historical development of wind turbine, its components

CO2 Understand
and classifications.
Apply the aerodynamic effects in road vehicle and analyze the
CO3 Apply
various method of drag reduction.
Analyze the aerodynamics of low rise buildings and high rise
CO4 Apply
building for deign good ventilation.
Explore the effect of Reynolds number on wake formation of bluff
CO5 Understand
shapes.
Course contents:

UNIT I Atmosphere 9
Types of winds, Causes of variation of winds, Atmospheric boundary layer, Effect of terrain on gradient
height, Structure of turbulent flows.
UNITII Wind EnergyCollectors 9
Horizontal axis and vertical axis machines, Power coefficient, Betz coefficient by momentum theory.

UNIT III Vehicle Aerodynamics 9

Power requirements and drag coefficients of automobiles, Effects of cut back angle, Aerodynamics of
trains and Hovercraft.

UNIT IV Building Aerodynamics 9

Pressure distribution on low rise buildings, wind forces on buildings. Environmental winds in city blocks,
Special problems of tall buildings, Building codes, Building ventilation and architectural aerodynamics.

UNIT V Flow Induced Vibrations 9

Effects of Reynolds number on wake formation of bluff shapes, Vortex induced vibrations, galloping and
stall flutter.
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text books:
1. M.Sovran (Ed), “Aerodynamics and drag mechanisms of bluff bodies and Road
vehicles”, Plenum press, New York, 1978.
2. Sachs. P., “Winds forces in Engineering”, Pergamon Press, 1978.

References:
1. Blevins. R.D., “Flow Induced Vibrations”, Van Nostrand, 1990.
2. Calvent. N.G., “Wind Power Principles”, Charles Griffin & Co., London, 1979.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE06 AERO ACOUSTICS
3 0 2 4
Nature of Course Proffesional Core
Pre requisites Engineering Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To impart the knowledge on fundamentals of sound.
2. To impart the knowledge on sound reflection, refraction, diffraction and diffusion.
3. To impart the knowledge on sound absorption & absorption testing.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Understand the premilary of sound levels and their units. Understanding
Understand the behavior of sound in free fields and Reflection
CO2 Understanding
of sound.
CO3 Obtain knowledge on sound diffraction and refraction. Understanding
CO4 Obtain knowledge on sound reverberation and diffusion field Apply
Obtain knowledge on sound absorption and absorption
CO5 Apply
quantifying methods.

Course contents:

Unit I Fundamentals of Sound And Sound Levels 9

Sine wave and Complex wave. Octave and Decibels. Acoustic Power, Sound intensity and Sound
Pressure Level measurement.

Unit II Sound In Free Filed And Reflection 9

Sound Divergence, Sound intensity in free field, Sound field in an enclosed spaces, specular reflection,
Reflection from concave, convex and parabolic surfaces. Standing waves. Corner reflection.

Unit III Diffraction and Refraction 9

Wavefront propagation and diffraction of sound by obstacles, Apertures, Slit and Various diffusion
objects- Reflection of sound in solid, atmosphere, enclosed space and Ocean.

Unit IV Reverberation 9
The perfectly diffused sound field,Evaluation of diffusion in a room, concave surface and convex
surface. Decay of sound in room, Reverberation time calculation and measurement

Unit V Absorption 9
Dissipation of sound energy, Absorption coefficient - Glass fibre , Insulation materials, effect of
thickness and density of Absorbents.
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. Alton F. Everest, “The Master Handbook of Acoustics”, McGraw-Hill Companies publisher,
2002
2. Glen M Ballou, “Handbook for Sound Engineers”, Elsevier, Focal Press, 2008.

References:
1. Jerry H. Ginsberg, “Acoustics-A Textbook for Engineers and Physicists, Volume I
Fundamentals”, ASA Press, Springer 2018.
2. Jerry H. Ginsberg, “Acoustics-A Textbook for Engineers and Physicists, Volume II –
Applications”, ASA Press, Springer 2018.
3. Carl Q Howard_ Benjamin S Cazzolato, “Acoustic analyses using Matlab and Ansys” - CRC,
Taylor and Francis, 2014.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE07 Flight Instrumentation
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft System and Instruments
Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge on the cockpit displays.
2. Provide knowledge on transmission systems.
3. Impart knowledge gyroscope and its operations.
4. Provide knowledge on flight management systems
5. Impart knowledge on power plant instruments.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO 1 Identify the concept of instruments and display panels Understand

CO 2 Classify the air data instruments and transmission systems Understand

CO 3 Relate the gyroscopic instruments Understand

CO 4 Identify the Aircraft compass and managements systems Understand

CO 5 Identify the power plant instruments Understand

Course Contents
Unit –I Measurement Science and Displays 9
Instrumentation brief review-Concept of measurement-Errors and error estimation- Functional
elements of an instrument system –Transducers - classification - Static and dynamic characteristics-
calibration - classification of aircraft instruments - Instrument display panels and cockpit layout.
Unit –II Air Data Instruments and Synchro Transmission Systems 9
Air data instruments-airspeed, altitude, Vertical speed indicators. Static Air temperature, Angle of
attack measurement, Synchronous data transmission system
Unit –III Gyroscopic Instruments 9
Gyroscope and its properties, gyro system, Gyro horizon, Direction gyro-direction indicator, Rate
gyro-rate of turn and slip indicator, Turn coordinator, acceleration and turning errors.
Unit –IV Aircraft Compass Systems and Flight Management System 9
Direct reading compass, magnetic heading reference system-detector element, monitored
gyroscope system, DGU, RMI, deviation compensator. FMS- Flight planning-flight path optimization-
operational modes-4D flight management.
Unit –V Power Plant Instruments 9
Pressure measurement, temperature measurement, fuel quantity measurement, engine power and
control instruments-measurement of RPM, manifold pressure, torque, exhaust gas temperature,
EPR, fuel flow, engine vibration, monitoring.
Total : 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books
1. Doeblin.E.O, “Measurement Systems Application and Design”, McGraw-Hill, New York,
1999.
2. HarryL.Stilz, “Aerospace Telemetry”, Vol I to IV, Prentice-Hall Space Technology Series.
Reference Books
1. Murthy, D.V.S., “Transducers and Measurements”, McGraw-Hill, 1995
2. Pallet, E.H.J. “Aircraft Instruments & Integrated systems”, Longman Scientific and Technical,
McGraw-Hill, 1992.
Additional / Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/108/101108056/
2. https://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/handbooks_manuals/aviation/phak/media/10_phak
_ch8.pdf
3. https://www.aircraftsystemstech.com/2017/04/aircraft-instrument-systems.html
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -

CO 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -

CO 4 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO 5 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 40 80
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PLANNING L T P C

20AEE08
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft Systems & Instruments

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Improve the basic concepts of air traffic control.
2. Analyze some real problem in air traffic systems
3. Familiarize flight information system.
4. Improve the basic knowledge in aerodrome data.
5. Provide the foundation of navigation and other data.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Understand the basic concepts of air traffic control Understand

CO2 Remember the air traffic system Understand

Understand
CO3 Understand the flight information system
Understand
CO4 Remember the basic knowledge in aerodrome data

CO5 Remember the foundation of navigation and other data Understand

Course contents:
Unit I Basic Concepts 9
Objectives of air traffic control systems - Parts of ATC services – Scope and Provision of ATCs – VFR
& IFR operations – Classification of ATS air spaces – Various kinds of separation – Altimeter setting
procedures – Establishment, designation and identification of units providing ATS – Division of
responsibility of control.

Unit II Air Traffic Systems 9

Area control service, assignment of cruising levels - minimum flight altitude - ATS routes and significant
points – RNAV and RNP – Vertical, lateral and longitudinal separations based on time / distance –ATC
clearances – Flight plans – position report

Unit III Flight Information Systems 10

Radar service, Basic radar terminology – Identification procedures using primary / secondary radar –
performance checks – use of radar in area and approach control services – assurance control and co-
ordination between radar / non radar control – emergencies – Flight information and advisory service –
Alerting service – Co-ordination and emergency procedures – Rules of the air.

Unit IV Aerodrome Data 9

Aerodrome data - Basic terminology – Aerodrome reference code – Aerodrome reference point –
Aerodrome elevation – Aerodrome reference temperature – Instrument runway, physical
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Characteristics; length of primary / secondary runway – Width of runways – Minimum distance

between parallel runways etc. – obstacles restriction.

Unit V Navigation and Other Services 8

Visual aids for navigation Wind direction indicator – Landing direction indicator – Location and
characteristics of signal area – Markings, general requirements – Various markings – Lights, general
requirements – Aerodrome beacon, identification beacon – Simple approach lighting system and
various lighting systems – VASI & PAPI - Visual aids for denoting obstacles; object to be marked and
lighter – Emergency and other services.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Book

1. AIP (India) Vol. I & II, “The English Book Store”, 17-1, Connaught Place, New Delhi.

References

1. “Aircraft Manual (India) Volume I”, latest Edition – The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught
Place, New Delhi.
2. “PANS – RAC – ICAO DOC 4444”, Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught
Place, New Delhi.

Additional references:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/101/105101008/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/108/101108047/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO5 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE09 Behavior of Material at High Temperature
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Programme Elective
Pre requisites Strength of Materials Aero engineering thermodynamics

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elevated temperatures

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand and describe the properties of material under constant Understand
CO1
load at elevated temperature.
CO2 Have knowledge in improving material strength against high Apply
temperature environment and predict life time.
Explain the types of fracture mechanisms for various materials and
CO3 Understand
alloys
Discuss oxidation and corrosion effect on materials due to elevated
CO4 Analyze
temperature
CO5 Explains the properties of super alloys and its hardening processes Evaluate

Course Contents:
Unit I Creep 9
Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures, definition of creep curve,
various stages of creep, metallurgical factors influencing various stages, effect of stress,temperature
and strain rate.

Unit II Design for Creep Resistance 9

Design of transient creep time, hardening, strain hardening, expressions of rupture life of creep, ductile
and brittle materials, Monkman-Grant relationship.

Unit III Fracture 9

Various types of fracture, brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature, cleavage fracture,
ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth; fracture maps for
different alloys and oxides.

Unit IV Oxidation and Hot Corrosion 9

Oxidation, Pilling, Bedworth ratio, kinetic laws of oxidation- defect structure and control of oxidation by
alloy additions, hot gas corrosion deposit, modified hot gas corrosion, fluxing mechanisms, effect of
alloying elements on hot corrosion, interaction of hot corrosion and creep, methods of combat hot
corrosion.

Unit V Superalloys and Other Materials 9

Principles and applications - Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire drawing and Spinning, Powder metallurgy
- principal steps involved, advantages and limitations
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text books:
1. Raj. R., “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”, American Society for Metals, USA,1985.
2. Hertzberg R. W., “Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”, 4th Edition,
John Wiley, USA, 1996.
3. Courtney T.H, “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”, McGraw-Hill, USA, 1990.
References:
1. Boyle J.T, Spencer J, “Stress Analysis for Creep”, Butterworths, UK, 1983.
2. Bressers. J., “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”, Applied Science, 1981.
3. McLean D., “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”, The Metals
Society, USA, 1985.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme
Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 3 1 3 2 1 1
CO 2 3 1 3 1 1 1

CO 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 1

CO 4 1 3 1 3 3 1 1
CO 5 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15

Attendance 5

Summative Assessment

Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination

Bloom’s Category
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE10 Experimental Aerodynamics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Low Speed Aerodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To impart knowledge on measurement techniques in aerodynamic flow.
2. To acquire basics concepts of wind tunnel measurement systems and balancing.
3. To describe flow visualization techniques and to highlight in depth discussion of analog
methods.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Analyze the experimental studies in fluid mechanics and apply
CO1 Understand
different measurement techniques.

CO2 Utilize wind tunnel balance for aerodynamic measurements. Apply

CO3 Demonstrate flow visualization techniques Apply

Measure pressure, velocity and temperature in low & high-speed

CO4 Apply
flows.
CO5 Analyze the special flows and uncertainty problems. Understand

Course contents:
UNIT I Basic Measurements in Fluid Mechanics 7
Objective of experimental studies – Fluid mechanics measurements – Properties of fluids – Measuring
instruments – Performance terms associated with measurement systems – Direct measurements -
Analogue methods – Flow visualization – Components of measuring systems – Importance of model
studies.

UNIT II Wind Tunnel Measurements 10

Characteristic features, operation and performance of low speed, transonic, supersonic and special
tunnels - Power losses in a wind tunnel – Instrumentation and calibration of wind tunnels – Turbulence-
Wind tunnel balance – Wire balance – Strut-type – Platform-type – Yoke-type – Pyramid type – Strain
gauge balance – Balance calibration.

UNIT III Flow Visualization and Analogue Methods 9

Visualization techniques – Smoke tunnel – Hele-Shaw apparatus - Interferometer – Fringe-
Displacement method – Schlieren system – Shadowgraph - Hydraulic analogy – Hydraulic jumps –
Electrolytic tank.

UNIT IV Pressure, Velocity and Temperature Measurements 9

Pitot - static tube characteristics - Velocity measurements - Hot-wire anemometry – Constant current
and Constant temperature Hot-Wire anemometer – Pressure measurement techniques - Pressure
transducers – Temperature measurements.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V Special Flows and Uncertainty Analysis 10

Experiments on Taylor-Proudman theorem and Ekman layer – Measurements in boundary layers -
Data acquisition and processing – Signal conditioning – Uncertainty analysis – Estimation of
measurement errors – External estimate of the error – Internal estimate of the error – Uncertainty
calculation - Uses of uncertainty analysis.

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Rathakrishnan, E., “Instrumentation, Measurements, and Experiments in Fluids,”
CRC Press – Taylor & Francis, 2007.
2. Robert B Northrop, “Introduction to Instrumentation and
Measurements”, Second Edition, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, 2006.
References:
1. Bradsaw "Experimental Fluid Mechanics", Elsevier, 2nd edition, 1970.
2. Pope, A., and Goin, L., "High Speed Wind Tunnel Testing", John Wiley, 1985.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE11 Helicopter Aerodynamics
3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Aerodynamics and Engineering Physics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To impart the knowledge of basic layout of helicopter.
2. To impart the knowledge of aerodynamics of helicopter.
3. To impart the knowledge to design a rotor blade.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand the various configuration propulsive devices and its
CO1 Understand
performances at different flight conditions.
Apply the fundamental knowledge types of helicopter and its
CO2 Apply
control system.
Understand the momentum theory, power estimation and constant
CO3 chord and ideal twist rotors Understand
Understand power requirements, performance Curves, variation
CO4 altitude in forward flight and helicopter stability Apply
Understand Hovercraft types, lift augmentation and power
CO5 Understand
calculations of plenum chambers, applications

Course Contents:

Unit I Lift, Propulsion and Control of V/STOL Aircraft 9

Various configurations ‐ propeller, rotor, ducted fan and jet lift‐Tilt wing and vectored thrust ‐
performance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover, transition and forward motion.

Unit II Elements of Helicopter Aerodynamics 9

Configurations based on torque reaction ‐ Jet rotors and compound helicopters ‐ Methods of control ‐
collective and cyclic pitches changes ‐ Lead ‐ lag and flapping hinges.

Unit III Ideal Rotor Theory 9

Hovering performance ‐ Momentum and simple blade element theories ‐ Figure of merit ‐ Profile and
induced power estimation ‐ Constant chord and ideal twist rotors.

Unit IV Power Estimates 9

Induced, profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ‐ performance curves with effects of
altitude ‐ Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability.

Unit V Ground Effect Machines 9

Types ‐ Hover height, lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet
machines ‐ Drag of hovercraft on land and water. Applications of hovercraft.
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. B.W. Mc Cormic, "Aerodynamics of V/STOL Flight", Academic Press, New York, 1978.

Reference Books:
1. Gessow and G.C.Meyers, "Aerodynamics of the Helicopter", Macmillan and Co., New York,
1982.
2. G.H. Elsley and A.J. Devereux, "Hovercraft Design and Construction, David Charies, London,
1982.
3. Anderson J.D. "Aerodynamics", John Wiley, 1995.
Additional References:
1. https://www.abebooks.com/9780521660600/Principles‐Helicopter‐Aerodynamics‐Cambridge‐
Aerospace‐0521660602/plp

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
5
Attendance

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
Examination(60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE12 Civil Aviation Requirements
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft General Engineering and Maintenance Practices

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. Provide knowledge on the Indian aviation rules 1937 relating to aviation.
2. Knowledge on and civil aviation requirement in India (DGCA).
3. Impart knowledge on aircraft maintenance.
4. Provide knowledge on inspection.
5. Impart knowledge on Flight Test.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Know the procedure for keeping the aircraft in airworthiness
CO1 conditions and describe the use of MEL, and the procedure for Understand
releasing the Aircraft under MEL.
CO2 Describe the different types of maintenance program. Understand
Comprehend the requirements for getting AO in different
CO3 Understand
categories
Describe the overhaul and inspection procedure of various
CO4 Understand
instruments
CO5 Describe the detail procedure of flight test Understand

Course Contents
Unit –I C.A.R SERIES 'A' - Procedure for Civil Air Worthiness Requirements and
Responsibility Operatorship -A-Vis Airworthiness Directorate 9

Responsibilities of operators / owners; Procedure of CAR issue, amendments etc., Objectives and
targets of airworthiness directorate; Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering
activities of operators. C.A.R. SERIES 'B' - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST, MEL,
and CDL - Deficiency list (MEL & CDL); Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency
list.
Unit –II C.A.R. SERIES 'C' - Defect Recording, Monitoring, Investigation and
9
Reporting
Defect recording, reporting, investigation, rectification and analysis; Flight report; Reporting and
rectification of defects observed on aircraft; Analytical study of in-fight readings & recordings;
Maintenance control by reliability Method.C.A.R. SERIES 'D' - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMMES Reliability Programme (Engines); Aircraft maintenance programme& their
approval; On condition maintenance of reciprocating engines; TBO - Revision programme -
Maintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft engines; Fixing routine
maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial & revisions.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit –III C.A.R. SERIES 'E' - Approval of Organizations 9

Approval of organizations in categories A, B, C, D, E, F, & G; Requirements of infrastructure at
stations other than parent base.C.A.R. SERIES 'F' - air worthiness and continued air worthiness:
Procedure relating to registration of aircraft; Procedure for issue / revalidation of Type Certificate of
aircraft and its engines / propeller; Issue / revalidation of Certificate of Airworthiness; Requirements
for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness.
Unit –IV C.A.R. SERIES 'L' - Aircraft Maintenance Engineer - Licensing 9
Issue of AME License, its classification and experience requirements, Complete Series 'L'.C.A.R.
SERIES 'M' MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONS: Mandatory Modifications
/Inspections.
Unit –V C.A.R. SERIES 'T' - Flight Testing of Aircraft 9
Flight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A; Fight testing of aircraft for which C or A had
been previously issued. C.A.R. SERIES 'X' - MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS: Registration
Markings of aircraft; Weight and balance control of an aircraft; Provision of first aid kits & Physician's
kit in an aircraft; Use furnishing materials in an aircraft; Concessions; Aircraft log books; Document
to be carried on board on Indian registered aircraft; Procedure for issue of taxy permit; Procedure
for issue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments.
Total : 45 Periods
Text Books
4. "Aircraft Manual (India) ", Volume - Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 171, Connaught
Circus, New Delhi.
Reference Books
6. "Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) ", Published
by DGCA, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught Circus, New Delhi.
7. "Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) ", from DGCA.
AdvisoryCirculars ", form DGCA.
Additional / Web References
2. http://164.100.60.133/dgca/dgca-ind.htm
3. https://www.gcaa.gov.ae/en/epublication/pages/cars.aspx

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE13 Aircraft Rules and Regulations
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Aeronautical Engineering

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Provide knowledge on the Indian aviation rules 1937 relating to aviation.
2. Knowledge on and civil aviation requirement in India (DGCA).
3. Impart knowledge on aircraft maintenance.
4. Provide knowledge on inspection.
5. Impart knowledge on Flight Test.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Know the procedure for keeping the aircraft in airworthiness
CO1 conditions and describe the use of MEL, and the procedure for Understand
releasing the Aircraft under MEL.
CO2 Describe the different types of maintenance program. Understand

CO3 Comprehend the requirements for getting AO in different categories Understand

Describe the overhaul and inspection procedure of various
CO4 Understand
instruments
CO5 Describe the detail procedure of flight test Understand

Course Contents:

UNIT I C.A.R. SERIES ‘A’ – PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIREMENTS AND
RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS Vis-à-vis AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE 9
Responsibilities of operators / owners- Procedure of CAR issue, amendments etc.,Objectives and
targets of airworthiness directorate; Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering
activities of operator C.A.R. SERIES ‘B’ – ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST, MEL, CDL:
Deficiency list (MEL & CDL); Preparation and use of cockpit checklist and emergency list.

UNIT II - C.A.R. SERIES ‘C’ – DEFECT RECORDING, MONITORING, INVESTIGATION AND

REPORTING 9
Defect recording, reporting, investigation, rectification and analysis; Flight report; Reporting and
rectification of defects observed on aircraft; Analytical study of in-flight readings & recordings;
Maintenance control by reliability Method.

UNIT III -C.A.R. SERIES ‘D’ – AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMES 9

Reliability Programmes (Engines); Aircraft maintenance programme & their approval; On condition
maintenance of reciprocating engines; TBO – Revision programme; Maintenance of fuel and oil uplift
and consumption records – Light aircraft engines; Fixing routine maintenance periods and component
TBOs – Initial & revisions.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT IV C.A.R. SERIES ‘E’ – APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONS 9

Approval of organizations in categories A, B, C, D, E, F, & G - Requirements of infrastructure at stations
other than parent base.C.A.R. SERIES ‘F’ – AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR
WORTHINESS: Procedure relating to registration of aircraft; Procedure for issue / revalidation of Type
Certificate of aircraft and its engines / propeller; Issue / revalidation of Certificate of Airworthiness;
Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness.

UNIT V- C.A.R. SERIES ‘L’&’M’ 9

Issue of AME Licence, its classification and experience requirements, Mandatory Modifications /
Inspections.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Books:
1. “Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness)” – Published by
DGCA, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught Circus, New Delhi 2000.
2. Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA 2000.

Reference Books:
1. “Aircraft Manual (India) Volume” – Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught
Circus, New Delhi.
2. Advisory Circulars from DGCA 2003.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

STREAM – 2 PROPULSION

L T P C
20AEE21 Space Mechanics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Rocket & Space propulsion

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To understand and use the concept of satellite motion to assess its
trajectories
2. To study the basic concepts of Orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis on
interplanetary trajectories and satellite system
3. To evaluate the working of the missile system and its trajectory

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Analyze the application of the basic concepts of space Understand
CO1
mechanics
Evaluate the trajectories of the satellite using the N-body Apply
CO2
concept
Analyze parameters to identify satellite injection, motion and
CO3 Apply
determine the causes for perturbation
Evaluate terminologies and system to design and determine Apply
CO4
interplanetary trajectories
Analyze the working of ballistic missile and its design Understand
CO5
parameters

Course Contents:

Unit I Basic Concepts 9

The solar system - references frames and coordinate systems - the celestial sphere - the ecliptic –
motion of vernal equinox - sidereal time - solar time - standard time.

Unit II The General N-Body Problem 9

The many body Problem - Lagrange - Jacobian Identity -The Circular Restricted Three Body Problem -
Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem -Two Body Problem - Satellite Orbits -
Relations Between Position and Time.

Unit III Satellite Injection and Satellite Orbit Perturbations 9

General aspects of satellite injections - satellite orbit transfer -various cases - orbit deviations due to
injection errors - special and general perturbations - Cowells method - Encke- method - General
perturbations approach.

Unit IV Interplanetary Trajectories 9

Two dimensional interplanetary trajectories -fast interplanetary trajectories - three dimensional
interplanetary trajectories - launch if interplanetary spacecraft -trajectory about the target planet.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit V Ballistic Missile Trajectories and Materials 9

The boost phase - the ballistic phase -trajectory geometry- optimal flights - time of flight - re-entry
phase- the position of the impact point - influence coefficients. Space environment - peculiarities - effect
of space environment on the selection of spacecraft material.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Books:
1. Cornelisse, J.W., "Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamic", W.H. Freeman & Co., 2012.
2. Sutton, G.P., "Rocket Propulsion Elements", John Wiley, 2019.

Reference Books:
1. Howard D. Curtis., "Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students", Elsevier, 2015.
2. Francis J Hale., "Introduction to Space Flight", Prentice Hall, 2013.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE22 Cryogenic Engineering
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Electives
Pre requisites Aero Engineering Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To give the introduction og cryogenic engineering
2. To implement the properties of cryogenics
3. To make the students to learn about the cryogenic system
4. To gain the knowledge on storage and instrumentation of cryogenics
5. To learn the procedure of usage of cryogenic equipment

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Learn about the cryogenic engineering basics Understand

CO 2 Gaining knowledge about the properties of cryogenics Apply

CO 3 Learn about insulation of cryogenic system Apply

CO 4 Insisting the properties of storage and instrumentation of cryogenics Apply

CO 5 Learn about the usage cryogenic equipments Understand

Course Contents:

Unit –I Introduction to Cryogenic Engineering 9

Thermo physical and fluid dynamic properties of liquid and gas hydrogen, Thermo physical and fluid
dynamic properties of liquid and gas helium, Liquefaction systems of hydrogen and helium gases,
Joule Thomson effect and inversion curve; Adiabatic and isenthalpic expansion with their
comparison
Unit –II Properties of Cryogenics 9
Cryogenic fluids, Solids at cryogenic temperatures; Superconductivity, Recuperative - Linde -
Hampson, Claude, Cascade, Heylandt, Kapitza, Collins, Simon; Regenerative - Stirling cycle and
refrigerator, Slovay refrigerator, Gifford-McMahon refrigerator, Vuilleumier refrigerator, Pulse Tube
refrigerator; Liquefaction of natural gas
Unit –III Cryogenic Insulation 9
Vacuum insulation, Evacuated porous insulation, Gas filled Powders and fibrous materials, Solid
foams, Multilayer insulation, Liquid and vapour Shields, Composite insulations
Unit –IV Storage and Instrumentation of Cryogenic Liquids 9
Design considerations of storage vessel; Dewar vessels; Industrial storage vessels; Storage of
cryogenic fluids in space; Transfer systems and Lines for cryogenic liquids; Cryogenic valves in
transfer lines; Two phase flow in Transfer system; Cool-down of storage and transfer systems
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit –V Cryogenic Equipment 9

Cryogenic heat exchangers - recuperative and regenerative; Variables affecting heat exchanger
and system performance; Cryogenic compressors, Pumps, expanders; Turbo alternators; Effect of
component inefficiencies; System Optimization and Magneto-caloric refrigerator
Total : 45 Periods
Text Books
1. T.M. Flynn, Marcel Dekker., Cryogenic Engineering, Springer Science, 1989.
Reference Books
1. Bose and P. Sengupta, "Cryogenics: Applications and Progress", Tata McGraw Hill, 1985.
2. J.G. Weisend II, Taylor and Francis , "Handbook of Cryogenic Engineering", CRC Press,
1998.
Additional / Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112101004/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/Clarify_doubts.php?subjectId=112101004

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 - 1 - 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 - 1 - 3 2 3

CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 - 1 - 3 2 3

CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 - 1 - 3 2 3
CO 5 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 - 1 - 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE23 Heat Transfer
3 0 0 3

Nature of Course Programme Elective

Pre requisites Aero Thermodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To understand the mechanisms of heat transfer under steady and transient conditions.
2. To understand the concepts of heat transfer through extended surfaces.
3. To learn the thermal analysis and sizing of heat exchangers.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand the difference between various modes of Heat Transfer
CO1 Apply
and the Resistance Concept used in Heat Conduction.
Apply free and forced convective heat transfer correlations to
CO2 internal and external flows through/over various surface Apply
configurations and solve problems
Apply LMTD and NTU methods of thermal analysis to different
CO3 Apply
types of heat exchanger configurations and solve problems.
Explain basic laws for Radiation and apply these principles to
CO4 radiative heat transfer between different types of surfaces to solve Apply
problems.
Learn to apply various technique used for high speed flow heat
CO5 Apply
transfer.

Course contents:

Unit I Conduction 12
General Differential equation of Heat Conduction - Cartesian and Cylindrical coordinates - One
Dimensional Steady State Heat Conduction –– Plane and Composite Systems – Conduction with
Internal Heat Generation – Heat transfer from Extended surface – Effect of Temperature on
Conductivity - 1-D transient analysis.

Unit II Convection 10
Forced convection – Laminar flow over flat plates and flow over Cylinders - flow across tube banks -
Turbulent flow over flat plate and flow through pipes – Free Convection during external flow over Plates
and Cylinders and Internal flow through tubes.
.
Unit III Heat Exchangers 10
Heat Exchanger - Types - Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient – Fouling Factors - Analysis – LMTD
method - NTU method
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit IV Radiation 9
Basic definitions – Concept of Black body - Laws of black body Radiation - Radiation between Black
surfaces – Radiation Heat exchange between Grey surfaces – Radiation Shielding – Shape factor-
Electrical network analogy in thermal radiation systems.

Unit V Heat Transfer Problems in Aerospace Engineering 4

Heat transfer problems in gas turbines, Rocket thrust chambers - Aerodynamic heating – Ablative Heat
transfer.
Total: 45 Periods

(Use of standard HMT data book permitted)

Text books:
1. Holman, J.P., "Heat Transfer", Tata McGraw Hill, Tenth Edition 2017.
2. R.C. Sachdeva, “Fundamentals of Engineering Heat & Mass transfer”, New Age International
Publishers, Fourth Edition, 2017.
3. Yunus A. Cengel, "Heat Transfer A Practical Approach", Tata McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2014.

References:
1. Nag, P.K., "Heat Transfer", Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition New Delhi, 2011.
2. Kothandaraman, C.P., "Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer", New Age International,
New Delhi, Fourth Edition 2012.
3. Sutton,G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements,John Wiley and Sons, Seventh Edition, 2001.
4. Lienhard,J.H., A Heat Transfer Text Book, Prentice Hall Inc., Fifth Edition 2000.

Data Book:
1. C P Kothandaraman, Heat and mass transfer data book, New Age International Publishers,
Eighth Edition, 2014
E books:
http://web.mit.edu/lienhard/www/ahtt.html

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 - -
CO4 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 - -
CO5 2 2 3 2 - - - - 1 1 2 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Final Examination
Bloom’s Category
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE24 Aircraft Cooling systems
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective

Pre requisites Aircraft General Engineering and Maintenance Practices, Aero Engine
Maintenance and Repair.

Course Objectives

The course is intended to

1. Provide knowledge on the basics of refrigeration, unit of refrigeration, different thermodynamic
cycles followed and conventional and unconventional refrigeration systems.
2. Understand classification of primary refrigerants, secondary refrigerants, their designations
and their different properties. To make the students to learn different refrigerants available for
refrigeration and air conditioning applications.
3. Learn different refrigeration equipment such as evaporator, compressor, condenser and
expansion devices. To make the students to solve problems related to different conventional
and unconventional refrigeration systems.
4. Knowledge on air water mixtures, empirical relations used to calculate desirable properties air
water vapour mixture, different psychrometric properties and their use in air conditioning
applications.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Illustrate the principles, nomenclature and applications of refrigeration
CO 1 Understand
systems.
Explain vapor compression refrigeration system and identify methods
CO 2 Understand
for performance improvement
Study the working principles of air, vapor absorption, thermoelectric and
CO 3 Understand
steam-jet and thermo-acoustic refrigeration systems
Estimate the performance of air-conditioning systems using the
CO 4 principles of psychometry. Compute and Interpret cooling and heating Understand
loads in an air-conditioning system
CO 5 Identify suitable refrigerant for various refrigerating systems Understand
Course Contents
Unit –I Introduction to Cooling Systems and Refrigeration 9
Basic Definitions, Basic Air Cycle systems – Vapour Cycle Systems, Boot-strap air cycle system –
Evaporative vapour cycle systems – Evaporation air cycle systems.Heat pump and Refrigerating
Machine, Best Refrigeration Cycle: The Carnot Principle, Gas as a Refrigerant in Reversed Carnot
Cycle, Limitations of Reversed Carnot Cycle, Reversed Brayton or Bell Coleman Cycle, Application
to Aircraft Refrigeration, Simple Numerical problems.
Unit –II Vapor Compression Refrigeration System(VCRS) 9
Modifications in Reversed Carnot Cycle with Vapor as a refrigerant, Vapor Compression Cycle,
Ewing’s Construction, Actual Vapor Compression Cycle, Effect of Operating Conditions. Simple
Numerical problems. Multistage or Compound Compression, Multi-evaporator systems, Cascade
Systems, – Methods like Flash Gas removal, Flash inter cooling and water Inter cooling.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit –III Vapor Absorption Refrigeration Systems 9

Simple Vapor – Absorption System, Maximum Coefficient of Performance of a Heat Operated
Refrigerating Machine, Absorbent – Refrigerant combinations, Water-Ammonia Systems, Practical
problems, Lithium- Bromide System, Modifications to Simple Vapor-Absorption, Electrolux
Refrigerator. Steam-Jet refrigeration system, Thermoelectric refrigeration, pulse tube refrigeration,
and thermo acoustic refrigeration systems
Unit –IV Refrigerants 9
Primary and Secondary refrigerants, Designation of Refrigerants, Desirable properties of
refrigerants, Selection of a Refrigerant, Ozone Depletion Potential and Global Warming Potential of
CFC Refrigerants. Thermodynamic requirements, Comparison between different refrigerants,
Substitutes for CFC refrigerants, Secondary Refrigerants. Refrigeration systems Equipment:
Compressors, Condensers, Expansion Devices and Evaporators, A brief look at other components
of the system.
Unit –V Air-Conditioning, Loading Calculation and Applied Psychometrics 9
Basic Processes in Conditioning of Air, Psychrometric Processes in Air-Conditioning Equipment,
Simple Air-Conditioning /system and State and Mass Rate of Supply Air, Summer Air Conditioning,
Winter Air Conditioning. Preliminary Considerations, Internal Hear Gains, System Heat Gains,
Break-up of Ventilation Load and Effective Sensible Heat Factor, Cooling Load Estimate.
Psychrometric Calculations for Cooling, Selection of Air-Conditioning Apparatus for Cooling and
Dehumidification, Building Requirements and Energy Conservation in Air Conditioned Buildings.
Total : 45 Periods
Text Books
1. Roy J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Wiley Limited
2. Arora C.P., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Tata Mc Graw –Hill, New Delhi, 2ndEdition,
2001.
3. Stoecker W.F., and Jones J.W., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Mc Graw - Hill, New
Delhi 2nd edition, 1982.
Reference Books
1. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration Pearson-2006.
2. Mc Quistion, Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning, Wiley Students edition, 5th edition
2000.
8. PITA, Air conditioning 4th edition, pearson-2005
9. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning' by Manohar prasad
10. S C Arora& S Domkundwar, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Dhanpat Rai Publication
Additional / Web References
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/#

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO 4 2 3 2 2 2
CO 5 2 3 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 40 80
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE25 Combustor Modelling
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Propulsion

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize in Diffusion Flames and Droplet Burning
2. Knowledge in combustion of solid propellants
3. Create confidence to ignition, extinction, flammability limits and
4. Enable the students to understand the spray combustion
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Understand the concept diffusion and droplet burning Understand

CO2 Remember the concepts of solid propellants Remember

CO3 Apply the limit of ignition and flammability Remember

CO4 Remember combustion instabilities Remember

CO5 Understand the spray combustion Understand

Course Contents:
Unit I Diffusion Flames and Droplet Burning 9
The flame at the mouth of a tube in a duct- Definition, Assumptions, species conservation equation The
flame shape and the flame height, formulation and the analysis -The oxidation of carbon at the walls of
a duct- Definition, nature of carbon combustion, Analysis- The burning of a fuel particle in an oxidizing
atmosphere- definition, Assumptions, Analysis predicting the burning rate,simple problems -Structure of
the flame - Monopropellant droplet burning

Unit II combustion of Solid Propellants 9

Description of steady deflagration of a homogeneous solid- Applications of transition-state theory
Approach to interfacial equilibrium -Deflagration controlled by condensed-phase reaction rates -
Deflagration controlled by gas-phase reaction rates -Dispersion phenomena and other influences -
Combustion of heterogeneous propellants -Erosive burning
.
Unit III Ignition, Extinction, and Flammability Limits 9
Minimum ignition energies and quenching distances- Premixed flames with heat losses - Methods of
analysis, The existence of two flame speeds, Concentration limits of flammability, Pressure limits of
flammability,Estimates of heat loss -Activation-energy asymptotic in ignition theory

Unit IV Combustion Instabilities 9

Acoustic instabilities in solid-propellant rocket motors -Oscillation modes, Conservation of acoustic
energy,The acoustic admittance, Damping mechanisms, Amplification mechanisms, Nonlinear effects-
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Inherent oscillations of burning solids-Oscillatory burning in liquid-propellant rocket motors-. System

instabilities in combustion equipment-Hydrodynamic and diffusive instabilities in premixed flames

Unit V Spray Combustion 9

Spray statistics-Simplified model of combustion in a liquid-propellantrocket motor-The conservation
equations for dilute sprays- Simplified conservation equations- Extended model of combustion in a
liquid-propellantrocket motor-Deflagrations in sprays- . Spray penetration and cloud combustion
Total: 45 Periods
Text Books:
1. F.A Williams, “Combustion theory”, Benjamin cummins,1985
Reference Books:
1. N.Peters, “Turbulent Combustion”, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
2. R.S cant &E.Mastorakos “An introduction to turbulent reacting flows”, Imperial college
press,2008.
Additional References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104272/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE26 Micro Propulsion System
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Electives
Pre requisites Aerospace Propulsion

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To learn about the types of micro propulsion system
2. To understand the emerging technologies of micro propulsion system
3. To gain knowledge on MEMS systems
4. To render information about system considerations of micro propulsion system
5. To learn more ways of experiments in micro propulsion system
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Understanding the types of micro propulsion Understand

CO2 Learning the emerging technologies of micro propulsion Apply

CO3 Gaining knowledge on MEMS system Apply
CO4 Considering the system requirements for micro propulsion system Understand

CO5 Learn to do more experiments on micro propulsion system Understand

Course Contents:
UNIT I Introduction and types of Micro propulsion 9
Introduction - Chemical Micro Propulsion – Electromagnetic Micro Propulsion – Electrostatic Micro
Propulsion – Electro dynamic Tether – Electric Power Processing

UNIT II Emerging Technologies 9

Recent trends – System integration requirements – minimum pulse bit and thrust requirements –
Bipropellant engines – Monopropellant engines – Monopropellant thrusters – Cold Gas thrusters – sold
and hybrid rocket motors

UNIT III MEMS 9

Propulsion Concepts - Case for MEMS Propulsion and Its Challenges - Brief History of MEMS
Propulsion - Micro-Ion Engine Concepts - MEMS-Based Microresistojet Concepts – Subliming Solid
Microthruster Concept - Cold Gas Thruster Concept - Bipropellant Thruster Concept

UNIT IV System Considerations 9

Micro spacecraft – Micro propulsion – Micro propulsion Scaling Issues – Micro nozzle Expansions - Ion
Formation at Small-Scale Lengths - Micron-Scale Combustion and Mixing - Micro-Heat Transfer

UNIT V Experiments 9
Nomenclature – Propellant testing – Electron Temperature experiment – Doppler shift experiment –
Thrust measurement
Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text books:
1. Michael M. Micci, Andrew D. Ketsdever , “Micropropulsion for small Spacecraft”, American
Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 2000.
References:
1. Martin Tajmar, “Advanced Space propulsion system”, Springer, 2003

Additional/ Web Resources:

1. https://youtu.be/zP72l08yD3Q

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 2 - 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 2 - 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE27 Aero Engine Control System
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Electives
Pre requisites Aircraft Systems and Instruments

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To know about the engine control and system history
2. To know about the engine monitoring and simulation
3. To learn the design aspects on set-point controllers and design
4. To implement on control mode and engine accessories
5. To monitor the engine and its health management through various designs
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Know about the engine control system history Understand
CO2 Gaining knowledge on engine modeling and simulation Apply
CO3 Learn about the design of set-point controllers Apply
CO4 Implement the control system integration on aircraft engines Apply
CO5 Concentrating on monitoring and health management Understand

Course contents:

UNIT I Overview of Engine Control Systems 9

Terminology for Control Systems - Introduction to Gas Turbine Engine Control Systems - Historical
Development of Engine Control Systems

UNIT II Engine Modelling and Simulation 9

Steady-State Engine Models - Dynamic Engine Models - Modelling of Complete Engine Dynamics -
Modelling of Actuator and Sensor Dynamics - High-Fidelity Engine Simulations - Derivation of Linear
Engine Models

UNIT III Design of Set-Point Controllers 9

Controller Design for One-Spool Engines - Controller Design for Two-Spool Engines - Control Design
for Turboshaft Engines - Some Practical Considerations for Set-Point Controls

UNIT IV Control System Integration 9

Power Setting - Transient Schedules - Control Modes - Engine Accessories - Controller Synthesis
Examples

UNIT V Engine Monitoring and Health Management 9

Basic Concepts - Monitoring System Design - Monitoring Algorithm Design - Trend Monitoring from
Periodically Recorded Data - Integration Architecture, Capabilities and Requirements - Life-Extending
Control - Safety Assurance Control
Total: 45periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. Link C. Jaw, Jack D. Mattingly, “Aircraft Engine controls design, system analysis and health
monitoring” AIAA Education series, 2009.
References:
1. K.Padmanabhan, “Control Systems” Dreamtech press, 2020.

Additional References:
1. https://www.rolls-royce.com/media/press-releases-archive/yr-2012/120608-engine-
controls.aspx

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE28 Rockets and Missiles
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Propulsion and Aerodynamics

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To know types of rockets and missiles with respect to Indian & international scenario.
2. Enrich their knowledge in the area of missile and rocket flight.
3. Understand space and gravity.
4. To know the staging of rockets.
5. To select materials for the rockets.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Outline diverse varieties of rockets and missiles. Understand

CO2 Understanding aerodynamics of rocket and missiles. Understand

CO3 Analyze the motion of rockets. Analyze
Explain the various types of stages and control of rockets &
CO4 Understand
missiles.
CO5 Inspect a range of control methods of rockets and launch vehicles. Understand

Course Contents:

UNIT I Classification of Rockets and Missiles 9

Various methods of classification of missiles and rockets – Basic aerodynamic characteristics of
surface to surface, surface to air, air to surface and air to air missiles – Examples of various Indian
space launch vehicles and missiles.

UNIT II Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles 9

Airframe components of rockets and missiles – forces acting on a missile while passing through
atmosphere – classification of missiles – slender body aerodynamics – method of describing forces and
moments – lift force and lateral moment –lateral aerodynamic damping moment – longitudinal moment
– drag estimation – up wash and downwash in missile bodies – rocket dispersion.

UNIT III Rocket Motion in Free Space and Gravitational Field 9

One dimensional and two-dimensional rocket motions in free space and homogeneous gravitational
fields – description of vertical, inclined and gravity turn trajectories – determination of range and altitude
– simple approximations to determine burn out velocity and altitude – estimation of culmination time
and altitude.

UNIT IV Staging of Rockets and Missiles 9

Design philosophy behind multistage of launch vehicles– multistage vehicle optimization– stage
separation techniques in atmosphere and in space – stage separation dynamics and lateral separation
characteristics.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V Control of Rockets and Launch Vehicles 9

Introduction to aerodynamic control and jet control methods- thrust control methods – various types of
thrust vector control methods including secondary injection thrust vector control for launch vehicles.
Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Cornelisse, J.W., “Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamics”, J.W. Freeman & Co.,Ltd, London,
1982.
2. Sutton, G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley & Sons; 8th Edition 2010.

References:
1. Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, Standard Publishers
& Distributors, Delhi, 2nd edition 2014.
2. Parket, E.R., “Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft”, McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., 1982.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 3 2 2 1 - 1 - - - 2 2 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 2 - - 1 - - 1 2 1 3 3 1
CO3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1 3 2 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1 3 3 1
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2 3 3 1
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE29 HIGH TEMPERATURE GAS DYNAMICS
3 0 0 3

Nature of course Programme Elective

Pre requisites Thermodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To provide the student with fundamental knowledge and understanding in High Temperature
Gas Dynamics.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Acquire knowledge on high temperature flows and the associated gas
CO 1 Understand
equations and functions.
Apply the basics of statistical thermodynamics to calculate the
CO 2 Understand
thermodynamic properties of gas species.
Acquire knowledge of the governing equations of inviscid high
CO 3 Understand
temperature equilibrium and non-equilibrium flows
Distinguish the mechanism of thermal conduction and diffusion and
CO 4 Understand
calculate transport properties.
Acquire knowledge of the governing equations of viscous chemically
CO 5 reacting flows and apply parabolized Navier-Stokes equations for Understand
chemically reacting flows.

Course Contents

Unit –I Introduction 8
Importance of High-Temperature Flows, Nature of High-Temperature Flows, Chemical Effects in
Air:The Velocity-Altitude Map, Thermodynamics of Chemically Reacting Gases, Kinetic theory of
gases, Definition of Real Gases and Perfect Gases, Various Forms of the Perfect-Gas Equation of
State, Collision Frequency and Mean Free Path, Velocity and Speed Distribution Functions,
Classification of Gases, First Law of Thermodynamics, Second Law of Thermodynamics,
Calculation of Entropy, Gibbs Free Energy, Heat of Reaction

Unit –II Statistical Thermodynamics 10

Introduction, Microstates & Macrostates, Boltzmann Distribution, Evaluation of Thermodynamic
Properties in Terms of the Partition Function, Evaluation of the Partition Function in terms of T and
V, Thermodynamic Properties for a Single Chemical Species, Calculation of the Equilibrium
Constant, Chemical Equilibrium, Calculation of the Equilibrium Composition or High-Temperature
Air, Thermodynamic Properties of an Equilibrium Chemically Reacting Gas, Equilibrium Properties
of High-Temperature Air.

UNIT –III Inviscid High Temperature Equilibrium And Non Equilibrium Flows 10
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Introduction, Governing Equations for Inviscid High-Temperature Equilibrium Flow, Equilibrium

Normal and Oblique Shock-Wave Flows, Equilibrium Quasi-One-Dimensional Nozzle Flows, Frozen
and Equilibrium Flows:The Distinction, Equilibrium and Frozen Specific Heats, Equilibrium Speed of
Sound, Equilibrium Conical Flow,Equilibrium Blunt-Body Flows. Governing Equations for Inviscid,
non-equilibrium flows, Non-equilibrium Normal and Oblique Shock-Wave Flows.

UNIT-IV Transport Properties In High Temperature Gases 8

Introduction, Definition of Transport Phenomena, Transport Coefficients, Mechanism of Diffusion,
Energy Transport by Thermal Conduction and Diffusion: Total Thermal Conductivity, Transport
Properties for High-Temperature Air.

UNIT –V Viscous High Temperature Flows 9

Introduction, Governing Equations for Chemically Reacting Viscous Flow, Alternate Forms of the
Energy Equation, Boundary-Layer Equations for a Chemically Reacting Gas, Boundary Conditions:
Catalytic Walls, Boundary-Layer Solutions: Stagnation-Point Heat Transfer for a Dissociating Gas,
Parabolized Navier-Stokes Solutions to Chemically Reacting Flows
Total : 45 Periods

Text Books
1. John D. Anderson Jr., “Hypersonic and High-Temperature Gas Dynamics”, 2nd Edition,
AIAA Education Series, 2006.

Reference Books
1. Tarit K. Bose, “High Temperature Gas Dynamics”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2014.
2. H.W. Liepmann and A Roshko, “Elements of Gas Dynamics”, Dover Publications, 2001
3. John D. Anderson, “Modern Compressible Flow: with Historical Perspective”, McGraw Hill
Education, Indian Edition, 2017

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO 3 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO 4 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO 5 2 3 2 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative
Assessment

Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination

Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE13 Wind Tunnel Techniques
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aerodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To understand the different types of wind tunnels.
2. To interpret the basic concepts of measuring setup of forces and moments on models during the
wind tunnel testing.
3. To understand the application of various types of wind tunnels.
4. To learn the basic measurement procedure involving wind tunnel testing.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Analyze the dimension of physical quantities using different
CO1 Understand
methods.
Design and analyze different types of wind tunnel with respect Understand
CO2
to speed regions.
Apply the calibration procedure in wind tunnel based on speed, Understand
CO3
flow angularity and turbulence.
Compare the wind tunnel measurement techniques and their Understand
CO4
applications and limitations.
Check the flow around aerodynamic models using flow Understand
CO5
visualizations techniques.

Course Contents:

Unit I Introduction 9
General features -Types of wind tunnel, Low speed wind tunnel - High speed wind tunnel - Effuser -
diffuser-test section - driving unit - special purpose tunnels.

Unit II Low Speed Wind Tunnels 9

Components of low speed wind tunnel - convergent section - test section - divergent section – power
plant- power losses - energy ratio - losses in cylindrical section -losses in convergent cone -
honeycombs -guide vanes-losses due to open jet test section.

Unit III High Speed Wind Tunnel 9

Blow down type wind tunnels - Induction type tunnels - continuous supersonic wind tunnels - losses in
supersonic wind tunnel - supersonic wind tunnel diffusers - effect of second throat.

Unit IV Wind Tunnel Measuring Setup 9

Pressure and velocity measurements - force measurements - three component and six component
balances- internal balances.

Unit V Flow Visualization 9

Smoke and tuft grid techniques - Water flow visualization method - dye injection special techniques

Total: 45 Periods
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Text Books:
1. Rae, W.H. and Pope, A. "Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing", John Wiley Publication, 1984.
2. Robert B Northrop, "Introduction to Instrumentation and Measurements", Second Edition, CRC
3. Press, Taylor & Francis, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. Antonio Viviani, Giuseppe Pezzella, "Aerodynamic and Aerothermodynamic Analysis of Space
2. Mission Vehicles", Springer Aerospace Technology, 2015.
3. Pavian, Henry Christensen, "Experimental Aerodynamics", 1st edition, Pitman Publishing, 1940.
4. G P Russo, "Aerodynamic Measurements: From Physical Principles to Turnkey Instrumentation",
5. Woodhead publishing, 1990.
6. Rathakrishnan, E., "Instrumentation, Measurements, and Experiments in Fluids", CRC Press -
7. Taylor & Francis, 2007.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

20AEE31 L T P C
Missiles Guidance
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aerodynamics, Propulsion

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To introduce different co-ordinate transformation techniques and basic missile equations of
motion.
2. To introduce types of missile airframes and autopilots.
3. To introduce different missile guidance and control techniques.
4. To introduce to weapon delivery system and the problems involved in it.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Explain the history of missiles and systems. Understand

CO2 Ability to identify the fundamentals for missile airframe and control. Apply

CO3 Explore the missile guidance laws Apply

CO4 Ability to solve the problems in missile control technology Apply

CO5 Exposure on various weapon delivery systems. Understand

Course contents:

UNIT I Missile Systems Introduction 8

History of guided missile for defense applications- Classification of missiles– The Generalized Missile
Equations of Motion- Coordinate Systems- Lagrange‘s Equations for Rotating Coordinate Systems-
Rigid-Body Equations of Motion-missile system elements, missile ground systems

UNIT II Missile Airframes, Autopilots and Control 9

Missile aerodynamics- Force Equations, Moment Equations, Phases of missile flight. Missile control
configurations. Missile Mathematical Model. Autopilots — Definitions, Types of Autopilots, Example
Applications. Open-loop autopilots. Inertial instruments and feedback. Autopilot response, stability, and
agility- Pitch Autopilot Design, Pitch-Yaw-Roll Autopilot Design.

UNIT III Missile Guidance Laws 10

Tactical Guidance Intercept Techniques, Derivation of the Fundamental Guidance Equations, explicit,
Proportional Navigation, Augmented Proportional Navigation, beam riding, bank to turn missile
guidance, Three-Dimensional Proportional Navigation, comparison of guidance system performance,
Application of Optimal Control of Linear Feedback Systems.

UNIT IV Strategic Missiles 10

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Introduction, The Two-Body Problem, Lambert‘s Theorem, First-Order Motion of a Ballistic Missile
Correlated Velocity and Velocity-to-Be-Gained Concepts, Derivation of the Force Equation for Ballistic
Missiles, Atmospheric Reentry, Ballistic Missile Intercept, Missile Tracking Equations of Motion,
Introduction to Cruise Missiles , The Terrain-Contour Matching (TERCOM) Concept..

UNIT V Weapon Delivery Systems 8

Weapon Delivery Requirements, Factors Influencing Weapon Delivery Accuracy, Unguided Weapons,
The Bombing Problem, Guided Weapons, Integrated Flight Control in Weapon elivery, Missile Launch
Envelope, Mathematical Considerations Pertaining to the Accuracy of Weapon Delivery Computations.

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Siouris, G.M. "Missile Guidance and control systems", Springer, 2003.
2. Blakelock, J. H.; Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, 2nd Edition, JohnWiley& Sons,
1990.
References:
1. Fleeman, Eugene L.; Tactical Missile Design, First Edition, AIAA Educationseries, 2001.
2. Garnell, P., "Guided Weapon Control Systems", 2nd Edition, Pergamon Press,1980
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

20AEE32 High Temperature Materials L T P C

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Engineering materials and metallurgy

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize creep behavior of viscous effect
2. Determining the rupture life of a component
3. Enable the various types of fracture and its occurrence
4. Create confidence to remember corrosion and oxidations
5. Analysis the material behavior
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand the creep behavior, mechanisms and effect of stress,
CO1 Understand
temporary, strain rate on creep.
Remember the laws that would be beneficial in determining the Remember
CO2
rupture life of a component
CO3 Understand of various types of fracture and its occurrence Understand

Knowledge of Oxidation and Corrosion, its interaction, transition and Understand

CO4
methods to combat hot corrosion.
CO5 Explain the super alloys and other high temperature materials. Understand

Course Contents:
Unit I Creep 9
Creep – Creep Strength, Creep Limit, Creep Curve ‐ Stages of Creep, Creep Fracture,
FactorsInfluencing creep property of a material, Factors Affecting Creep – Temperature, Stress, Time,
Grain Size, Mechanism of Creep – Diffusion Creep & Dislocation Creep, Metallurgical
FactorsInfluencing Creep at High Temperature, Creep Test, Creep resistant materials

Unit II Laws to Determine Creep 9

Laws of Creep‐ Andrade’s law, Logarithmic Law, Hyperbolic Law of Transient creep, Secondary
Creeplaw, Laws to determine rupture life of component – Larson –Miller Parameter, Monkman Grant
Relationship, Creep Mechanism Maps.

Unit III High Temperature Fracture 9

Fracture – Types of Fracture –Ductile fracture, Brittle fracture, Shearing Fracture, Factors
AffectingFracture, Fracture toughness, Griffith Theory of Brittle Fracture, Blue Brittleness, Orange Peel
Effect, Cleavage Fracture, Micro void Coalescence and Dominant Void Growth Modes, Ductile to Brittle
Transition (DBT), Bauchinger's effect.

Unit IV Oxidation & Corrosion 9

Oxidation –Nature of Oxides formed on Metal Surface, Types of Corrosion, Kinetic laws of Oxidation –
Parabolic rate law, Linear rate law and Logarithmic rate law, Pilling‐Bedworth ratio, Corrosion – Types
of Corrosion, Factors Influencing Corrosion, Fluxing Mechanisms – Acidic and Basic Fluxing, Effect of
Alloying Element on Hot Corrosion, Corrosion Control ‐ Methods to Combat Hot Corrosion.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit V High Temperature Resistant Materials 9

Super Alloys – Cobalt Base, Nickel base, Iron Base. Ultra High Temperature Ceramics, Intermetallic,
Thermal Barrier Coatings, Hydrogen Embrittlement, Refractory Metals, Structural Heat Resistant
Composites.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Books:
1. Norman E Dowling, “Mechanical Behaviour of Materials” Pearson Publisher, Fourth Edition,
2012.
2. Jun‐Shan Zhang, “High Temperature Deformation and Fracture of Materials”, First Edition,
Woodhead Publishing, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. J.Betten, “Creep Mechanics” Springer, 3rd Edition 2008
Additional References:
2. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=e‐51AgAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover#v=onepage&q&f=fale
3. https://www.crcpress.com/High‐Temperature‐Materials‐and‐Mechanisms/Bar‐Cohen/p/book/978
1138071544
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme
Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
STREAM – 3 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND DESIGN
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE41 Optimization and its applications
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites NIL
Course objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To explain the theory of optimization methods and algorithms developed for solving various
types of optimization problems.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Apply basic theoretical principles in optimization and formulate the
CO 1 Apply
optimization models
Understand the overview of optimization techniques, concepts of design
CO 2 Understand
space, constraint surfaces and objective function.
CO 3 Solve the constraints for optimal solution to interface in industrial scenario Apply

CO 4 Implement optimization techniques in engineering problems. Apply

CO 5 Apply dynamic programming to optimize multi stage decision problems Apply

Course Contents
Unit I Evoulutionof Optimisation 9
Optimization – Historical Development – Engineering applications of optimization – Statement of an
Optimization problem – classification of optimization problems. Genetic algorithms – Simulated
annealing – Neural Network, Fuzzy systems and Particle swam optimization

Unit II Classic Optimization Techniques 9

Linear programming - Graphical method – simplex method – dual simplex method – revised simplex
method – duality in LP – Parametric Linear programming – Goal Programming.

Unit III Non-Linear Programming 9

Introduction – Lagrangeon Method – Kuhn-Tucker conditions – Quadratic programming – Separable
programming – Stochastic programming – Geometric programming

Unit IV Static Applications 9

Structural applications – Design of simple truss members - Design applications – Design of simple axial,
transverse loaded members for minimum cost, weight – Design of shafts and torsionally loaded
members – Design of springs.

Unit V Dynamic Applications 9

Dynamic Applications – Optimum design of single, two degree of freedom systems, vibration absorbers.
Application in Mechanisms – Optimum design of simple linkage mechanisms.
Total: 45 Periods

Text Book
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

1. Sukanta Nayak “Fundamentals of Optimization Techniques with Algorithms”, Elsevier

Science ,2020
2. Rao S. S. – ‘Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice’ – New Age International Publishers
– 2012 – 4th Edition
Reference books:
1. R. Panneerselvam, “Operations Research”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi L,
2005
2. P.K. Guptha and Man-Mohan, “Problems in Operations Research” – Sultan Chand & Sons,
1994
3. Ravindran, Philips and Solberg, “Operations Research Principles and Practice”, John Wiley &
Sons, Singapore, 1992
4. J.K.Sharma, “Operations Research – Theory and Applications” – Macmillan India Ltd., 1997

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 3 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 3 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO4 3 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 3 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE42 Fatigue and fracture
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft Structures
Course objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To understand the basic concepts involved in fatigue analysis and to study the importance
of fracture mechanics in aerospace applications.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO 1 Solve and estimate fatigue life for simple problems Apply

CO 2 Understand and solve the concepts of cumulative damage and load Understand
histories.
CO 3 Estimate fatigue crack propagation life for simple problems Apply
CO 4 Apply the concept fracture mechanics to aircraft structure problems Apply

CO 5 Expose to the concept of various design philosophies, fatigue Apply

resistance of fiber-metal laminates

Course Contents
Unit I Fatigue of Structures 7
S.N. curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg
relations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuber‟s stress concentration factors -
Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched S.N. curves – Fatigue of composite materials.

Unit II Statistical Aspects of Fatigue Behaviour 10

Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Manson‟s relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening
and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques -Cumulative damage - Miner‟s
theory - Other theories.

Unit III Physical Aspects of Fatigue 10

Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture
surfaces.

Unit IV Fracture Mechanics 10

Strength of cracked bodies - Potential energy and surface energy - Griffith‟s theory - Irwin -
Orwin extension of Griffith‟s theory to ductile materials - stress analysis of “cracked bodies -
Effect of thickness on fracture toughness” - stress intensity factors for typical „geometries.

Unit V Fatigue Design and Testing 8

Safe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace
structures - Application to composite materials and structures.

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Prasanth Kumar, "Elements of fracture mechanics", Wheeter publication, 2009.
2. Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., “Fatigue of aircraft structure," Pergamon press. Oxford, 1983.

References:
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

1. Sih C.G., “Mechanics of fracture.” Vol - I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International Publishing
Co., Netherlands, 1989.
2. Knott, J.F., “Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics,” - Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London, 1983.
3. Robert o Ritchie ,‟Introduction to Fracture Mechanics‟, elseiver,2021

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO4 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AEE43 Failure analysis
3 0 0 3
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Nature of Course Professional Elective

Pre requisites nil
Course objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To introduce students with various fracture phenomenons and their analysis using different
techniques.
2. To acquire basic understanding of failure analysis.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
To understand the principles of failure analysis and examination of
CO 1 failed components. understand

CO 2 Predict the Environment Induced Failures Apply

CO 3 To identify the wear related failures in components. Apply

Apply statistical tools in quality control and solve related numerical
CO 4 Apply
problems.
CO 5 Select tools for failure analysis and perform case studies Apply

Course Contents
UNIT-1 Introduction 9
Definition of failures, Classification of failures, Instantaneous failures, Cumulative failures,
Fundamental causes of failures-Deficiencies in design, Deficiencies in selection of materials,
Imperfection in materials. Principles and Approaches of Failure analysis, objectives, scope, planning,
preparation, Failure Analysis procedures, examination of damages and materials evaluation .

UNIT-II Environment Induced Failures 9

Corrosion damage, Forms of corrosion-Uniform attack, Two metal corrosion or galvanic corrosion,
Crevice corrosion, Pitting corrosion, Inter-granular corrosion, Selective leaching, Erosion corrosion,
Corrosion cracking- Stress Corrosion Cracking, Corrosion fatigue, Hydrogen cracking, Hydrogen
degradation, Liquid metal embrittlement, High temperature corrosion, corrosion failure mechanisms
and Preventive techniques.

UNIT-III Wear Failures 9

Definition of wear, Types of wear-adhesive wear, Abrasive wear, Corrosive wear, Erosive wear,
fretting wear, Fatigue wear, Wear failure mechanisms and Preventive techniques Failure of fraction
surfaces Failure of seals, Creep failures, Stages of creep, Creep curve, Stress rupture.

UNIT-IV Failure Data Analysis 9

MTTF, MTBF, Bath tub Curve, Mean Life, Life Testing, Problems, Introduction to Failure Mode and
Effect Analysis

UNIT-V Tools for failure analysis: 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Microscopic examination-Metallurgical Microscope, Electron Microscope, Fatigue test, Non-

Destructive Testing techniques-Magnetic particle inspection, Radiography, Liquid penetrant
inspection, Eddy current testing, Ultrasonic testing, Acoustic Emission Testing, Thermography,
Chemical analysis- Spectroscopy.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Book:
1. Failure Analysis & Prevention American Society of Metal Handbook V 10.11 and 17.
2. H.M. Tawancy, A. Ul-Hamid and N.M. Abbas, Marcel Dekker “Practical engineering failure
analysis” New York, 2004.
3. Failure analysis and prevention, Volume 11, ASM Handbook, The Materials Information
Society, 2002.
4. V. amachandran, A.C. Raghuram, R.V. Krishnan and S.K. Bhaumik “Failure analysis of
engineering structures” Methodology and case histories, ASM International, 2005
Reference Books:
1. V. Ramachandran, A.C. Raghuram, R.V. Krishnan, and S.K. Bhaumik, “Failure analysis of
engineering structures: Methodology and case histories” ASM International, 2005
2. A.J. McEvily, J. Kasivitamnuay, “Metal Failures: Mechanisms, Analysis, Prevention,
Wiley”Interscience, 2013.
3. C. R. Brooks and A. Choudhury, “Failure analysis of engineering materials” McGraw-Hill.2002

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO2 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1 -
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 -

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Internal Assessment Examinations

Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

20AEE44 Aircraft Structural Testing and Qualification L T P C

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft Structural Analysis

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To study the various aircraft structural Testing methods.
2. To understand the theory of aircraft structural Testing methods.
3. To study the Industrial Applications of aircraft structural Testing methods.
4. To study the different methods of NDT
5. To study the Concept of Liquid penetrant and Magnetic Particle Inspection
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Understand the role of structural testing application and procedures for
CO 1 Understand
aircraftstructures.
CO 2 Identify the appropriate test method for the load applied on an aircraft Apply

CO 3 Determine Industrial Applications of aircraft structural Testing methods. Apply

CO 4 Determine the different methods of NDT Understand

Understandthe Concept of Liquid penetrant and Magnetic Particle
CO 5 Understand
Inspection.

Course Contents:
UNIT I Introduction 9
Certification for testing Civil & Military aircraft, FAR and MIL Standard Aircraft testing,- Threats to
Structural Integrity and the Role & Scope of Testing and Analysis - Experimental Characterization of
Composites Used in Aerospace Applications

UNIT II DataGeneration 9
Datageneration & Development Tests for Aircraft Structural Joints & Features - StructuralTesting for
Crashworthiness and Impact.

UNIT III Aircraft Testing Methods 9

Strain Gauging & Measurement of Structural Loads on Aircraft & Components- FullScale Static &
Fatigue Testing of Aircraft Structures & Components–Understandingaircraft structural dynamics &
development of associated test requirements

UNIT IV AircraftVibration Testing 9

Role-Scope-Methodology & Facilities-Structural Testing of Civil Aircraft Instrumentation-data acquisition
& test controls in aircraft structural testing

UNIT V Non Destructive Testing 9

Liquid Penetrant Testing – Principles, types and properties of liquid penetrants, developers, advantages
and limitations of various methods, Testing Procedure, Interpretation of results -Magnetic Particle
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Testing- Theory of magnetism, inspection materials Magnetisation methods, Interpretation and

evaluation of test indications, Principles and methods of demagnetization, Residual magnetism.

Total 45 Periods
Text books
1. Full-Scale Structural Testing, John E. McCarty, ASM International, Volume 21, doi:
doi.org/10.31399/asm.hb.v21.9781627081955, 2001.
2. Handbook on structural testing Robert T. Reese, Wendell A. Kawahara,Fairmont Press, 1999.
References
1. MIL-STD-1540D report.
2. FAA-AC- 23-19A report.
3. Introduction of Nondestructive testing - A training guide, John Wiley & Sons

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE45 Experimental Technology for Aircraft Structures
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Experimental Stress Analysis

Course Objectives
The course is intended
1. To study the role of Stress Strain and Displacement Fields.
2. To understand the theory of aircraft structural Testing methods.
3. To study the Concept of Photo Elastic Coating.
4. To study the different methods of Stress Analysis
5. To study the Concept of ofSoldering, Accounting for Transverse Sensitivity Effect
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Understand the role of Stress Strain and Displacement Fields Understand

CO 2 Identify the appropriate test method for the load applied on an aircraft Apply

CO 3 Understand the Concept of Photo Elastic Coating. Apply

CO 4 Determine the different methods of Stress Analysis Understand

Understandthe Concept of Soldering, Accounting for Transverse
CO 5 Understand
Sensitivity Effect

Course Contents:
UNIT I Stress, Strain andDisplacement Fields 9
Stress, Strain and Displacement fields for variousproblems -Beam under pure bending,-
Analyticalsolution -Fringe contours from various experimental methods -Disc under diametral
compression -Analytical solution - Fringe contours from variousexperimental techniques -Clamped
circular plateunder a central load -Analytical solution,Fringecontours from various experimental
techniques

UNIT II HologramInterferometry, SpeckleMethods 9

Hologram interferometry -Steps in a double exposurehologram interferometry -Speckle methods
Objectivespeckles, Subjective speckles

UNIT III Introduction toPhotoelastic Coatings 9

Photoelastic coatings -Historical development, -Optical arrangements,-Photoelasticstrain gauges,
Strainoptic relation for coating, -Evaluation of coating andspecimen stresses

UNIT IV Strain Sensitivity of aStrain Gauge, BridgeSensitivity, Rosettes 9

Strain sensitivity of a strain gauge, -Transversesensitivity factor, -Gauge factor,-
Experimentaldetermination of gauge factor, -Wheatstone bridge,-Strain measurement options,-Bridge
sensitivity,-Bridgefactor, Accuracy achievable in Foil strain gauges, Linearity, -Hysteresis and Zero shift,
-Determination ofstrain at a point, -Three element rectangular rosette
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V .Soldering, Accounting forTransverse SensitivityEffect 9

Masking, Tinning,Soldering,Application of protective coating, Testing the installation, Transverse
sensitivity, Actual and apparent strains, Corrections fortransverse strain effects for the case of known
ratio ofthe transverse strain to the axial strain.

Total 45 Periods
Text books
1. K. Ramesh, e-Book on Experimental Stress Analysis, IIT Madras, 2009
2. J.W. Dally and W.F. Riley,Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
.
References
1. L.S.Srinath, M.R. Raghavan,K. Lingaiah, G. Gargesa,B.Pant, and
K.Ramachandra,Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 1984..
2. K. Ramesh, Digital Photoelasticity – Advanced Techniques and Applications,Springer, 2000.

Web References
1.http://apm.iitm.ac.in/smlab/kramesh/book_5.htm

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO4 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE48 Aircraft Structural health Monitoring Systems
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. StudyThe new type of smart sensor for health monitoring system.
2. Learn the damage detection using different technique
3. Introduce the development of sensor using smart materials for aerospace application
4. Provide knowledge on Analysis, assessment of manufactured sensor
5. Provide Knowledge ondifference between theoretical developments and engineering
applications.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Develop the new type of smart sensor for health monitoring
CO1 Apply
system.

CO2 Design the damage detection using different technique. Apply

Understand the development of sensor using smart materials for
CO3 Understand
aerospace application.

CO4 Analysis, assessment of manufactured sensor Apply

Understand the difference between theoretical developments and

CO5 Understand
engineering applications.

Course contents:
UNIT I Aircraft Structural Health and Usage Monitoring 9
Introduction - aircraft structural damage - ageing aircraft problem - lifecycle cost of aerospace
structures - aircraft structural design - damage monitoring systems in aircraft - non-destructive testing -
structural health monitoring - emerging monitoring techniques and sensor technologies

UNIT II Operational Load Monitoring Using Optical Fibre Sensors 9

Introduction - Fibre Optics - Sensor Target Specifications - Reliability of Fibre Bragg Grating Sensors -
Fibre Coating Technology - Example of Surface Mounted Operational Load Monitoring Sensor System -
Optical Fibre Strain Rosette - Example of Embedded Optical Impact Detection System

UNIT III Damage Detection Using Stress And Ultrasonic Waves 9

Acoustic Emission – Ultrasonics - Acousto-ultrasonics - Guided Wave Ultrasonics - Piezoelectric
Transducers - Passive Damage Detection Examples - Active Damage Detection Examples

UNIT IV Signal Processing For Damage Detection 9

Introduction - Data Pre-processing - Signal Features for Damage Identification - Time–Domain Analysis
- Spectral Analysis - Instantaneous Phase and Frequency - Time–Frequency Analysis - Wavelet
Analysis - Dimensionality Reduction Using Linear and Nonlinear Transformation - Data Compression
Using Wavelets Wavelet-based Denoising - Pattern Recognition for Damage Identification - Artificial
Neural Networks.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

UNIT V Structural Health Monitoring Evaluation Tests 9

Introduction - Large-scale Metallic Evaluator - Large-scale Composite Evaluator- Flight Tests -
Summary
Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Staszewski, W., Boller, C., & Tomlinson, G. R. (Eds.). (2004). Health monitoring of aerospace
structures: smart sensor technologies and signal processing. John Wiley & Sons.
References:
1. Structural Health Monitoring for Space Systems (Aerospace Series) byAndreiZagrai (Editor),
Brandon Arritt (Editor), Derek Doyle (Editor) Wiley-Blackwell ISBN-10: 1118729641

Additional references:
1. https://play.google.com/store/books/details?id=nzSPVBZ_Yg0C&rdid=book-
zSPVBZ_Yg0C&rdot=1&source=gbs_vpt_read&pcampaignid=books_booksearch_viewport
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_oe05/preview
3. http://www.cism.it/courses/A1102/ 3.
4. http://courses.ce.metu.edu.tr/ce5802/2015/02/11/hello-world/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO2 - - 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 - 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO4 - 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 - - 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE49 Nano Composite Materials
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Composite Materials and Structures

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize about the various types of nanomaterials and its dispersibility
2. Acquire the knowledge about the synthesis methods for the manufacturing of
nanocomposite.
3. Acquaint with the various characterizing techniques
4. Learn the theory and modeling of nanocomposite materials..
5. Introduce the application of nanocomposite materials in different fields.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 know about the various types of nanomaterials and its dispersibility Understand
Have the knowledge about the synthesis methods for the
CO2 Apply
manufacturing of nanocomposite.
CO3 understand the various characterizing techniques. Understand
CO4 know about the theory and modeling of nanocomposite materials. Apply
know about the application of nanocomposite materials in different
CO5 Understand
fields.

Course Contents:
Unit I Introduction to Nano Composite Materials 9
Nanomaterials –classification of Nanomaterials,carbon and – non carbon based
nanomaterialsproperties of materials, different polymers such as thermoplastic, thermoset and
elastomer - characterization of nanocomposite materials and their dispersibility.

Unit II Synthesis of Nanocomposites 9

Top Down Approach Grinding, Planetary milling and Comparison of particles, Bottom Up Approach,
Wet Chemical Synthesis Methods, Preparation technologies - mechanical alloying, Colloidal
Nanoparticles production, Sol Gel Methods, Gas phase Production Methods: physical/Chemical Vapour
Depositions

Unit III Characterization of Nanocomposites 9

Morphological Studies – Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) / Transmission Electron Microscopy
(TEM) / Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) –– Structural and Thermal studies – Melt Flow Index (MFI) –
Fourier transform Infra-red (FTIR) – X Ray Diffraction (XRD).

Unit IV Multi Scale Modeling In Nanocomposites 9

Nanocomposite materials modeling: current issues. Multiscalemodeling. Multi-physics modeling, Basics
of MD simulations, modeling of nanocomposites and its constituents.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit V Applications to Nanocomposites 9

Nanocomposites for fiber reinforced polymer matrix composites, Thermoplastic elastomer
nanocomposites for propulsion systems, Thermoset nanocomposites for rocket ablative materials, nano
modified carbon-carbon composites, Sensors for aerospace and defense applications
Total: 45 Periods

Text Books:
1. Ajayan P.M., Schadler L.S., Braun P.V. "Nanocomposites Science and Technology", Wiley-
VCH, 2003.
2. Joseph H. Koo, “Polymer Nanocomposites”: Processing, Characterization and applications,
McGraw-Hill Nanoscience and Technology series(McGraw-Hill professional, 2006..

Reference Books:
1. Riichiro Saito, Gene Dresslhaus, and Dresselhaus M.S., "Physical Properties of Carbon
Nanotubes", Imperial College Press, 1999
2. K KChattopadhyayAnd A N Banerjee, Introduction To Nanoscience And Nanotechnology, PHI
Learning, ISBN-978-81-203-3608-7, 2009.
3. Shaker A. Meguid, Advances in Nanocomposites: Modeling, Characterization and Applications,
Springer International Publishing, ISBN:978-3-319-31660-4, 2016.

Additional References:
1. https://www.nanowerk.com/nanotechnology/periodicals/ebook_a.php
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/118102003/27

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 - - 3 - 3 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 - 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 - 3 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO5 3 - - 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE50 Hyper Mesh
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective

Pre requisites Finite Element Analysis

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge on the application of software in solving aerospace problems.
2. Provide knowledge on mesh type for solving the problem.
3. Impart knowledge on solving the FEA problem.
4. Provide knowledge on capturing the results and saving the file in required formats.
5. Provide knowledge on the meshing techniques in commercial software.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Understand the application of software in solving aerospace problems Understand

CO 2 Identify the appropriate mesh type for solving the problem Understand

CO 3 Create a collector to solve the FEA problem Apply

CO 4 Capture the results and save the file in required formats Apply

CO 5 Apply the meshing techniques in commercial software Apply

Course Contents:
UNIT I Introduction to Hyper Mesh 9
Introduction to CAD & CAE, Application of CAE Software, Advantages and Introduction to geometry
tools and creation of surface.

UNITII Meshing 9
Introduction to Meshing, structured and unstructured mesh, 1D, 2D and 3D, Mesh quality and quality
index, 1D and 2D size optimization.

UNIT III Creating an FEA Model 9

Deck preparation, Model Organization: Collectors, Material and properties assignment, Assign of loads
and constraints, setup solver.

UNIT IV Solving and Exporting 9

Post-processing: Viewing a Deformed Shape, Viewing a Contour Plot Exporting FE data to various
Solvers like ANSYS, LS Dyna and Radioss.

UNIT V Meshing In Commercial Software 9

Grid Generation in commercial software, Hyper mesh, GAMBIT, ANSYS Mesh, ICEM CFD, Turbo Grid.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Book:
1. Hyper Mesh Basic Training, Volume 1, 2003 Altair Engineering, Inc.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Reference Books:
1. Grid Generation Methods by Vladimir. D. Liseikin, 2009, Google Books
2. Numerical Grid Generation by Dr. Joe. F. Thompson, 2009, Thomas & Reuters
3. Handbook of Grid Generation by Nigel P. Weatherill, N. P. Weatherill, Joe F. Thompson, 1998

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO 4 2 3 2 2 2
CO 5 2 3 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Helicopter Theory and Maintenance L T P C

20AEE51
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Fundamentals Of Aeronautics
Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Introduce fundamental aspects on helicopter rotor aerodynamics, generation of lift and rotor
control & efficiency to students
2. Make students familiarize with the concepts like hovering and vortex ring state and
calculation of induced power
3. Make students knowledgeable on helicopter flight performance calculations and on criteria
for selection of power plants
4. Acquaint students with lateral and longitudinal stability characteristics of helicopter and the
differences between stability and control
5. Elucidate students on the structural problems peculiar to helicopter rotor like rotor vibration

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO 1 Perform the Aerodynamics calculation of Rotor blade Understand

CO 2 Perform stability and control characteristics of Helicopter. Understand

CO 3 Perform and control Rotor vibration. Understand

CO 4 Explain the stability characteristics of a helicopter. Understand

CO 5 Demonstrates the role of rotor vibrations in helicopter design. Understand

Course Contents

Unit I Introduction 9
Helicopter as an aircraft, Basic features, Layout, Generation of lift, Main rotor, Gearbox, tail rotor,
power plant, considerations on blade, flapping and feathering, Rotor controls and various types of rotor,
Blade loading, Effect of solidity, profile drag, compressibility etc., Blade area required, number of
Blades, Blade form, Power losses, Rotor efficiency.

Unit II Aerodynamics Of Rotor Blade 9

Aerofoil characteristics in forward flight, Hovering and Vortex ring state, Blade stall, maximum lift of the
helicopter calculation of Induced Power, High speed limitations; parasite drag, power loading, ground
effect.

Unit III Power Plants And Flight Performance 9

Piston engines, Gas turbines, Ramjet principle, Comparative performance, Horsepower required,
Range and Endurance, Rate of Climb, Best Climbing speed, Ceiling in vertical climb, Autorotation.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit IV Stability and Control 9

Physical description of effects of disturbances, Stick fixed Longitudinal and lateral dynamic stability,
lateral stability characteristics, control response. Differences between stability and control of airplane
and helicopter.

Unit V Rotor Vibrations 9

Dynamic model of the rotor, Motion of the rigid blades, flapping motion, lagging motion, feathering
motion, Properties of vibrating system, phenomenon of vibration, fuselage response, vibration
absorbers, Measurement of vibration in flight. Rotor Blade Design: General considerations, Airfoil
selection, Blade construction, Materials, Factors affecting weight and cost, Design conditions, Stress
analysis.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Book
1. John Fay, Helicopter: history, piloting and How It Flies, Himalayan Books 1995.
2. Lalit Gupta, Helicopter Engineering; Himalayan Books New Delhi 1996.
3. Rathakrishnan E,Helicopter Aerodynamics,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd,NewDelhi,2019

References
1. Joseph Schafer, Basic Helicopter Maintenance (Aviation Technician Training CourseJS312642),
Jeppesen 1980.
2. Prouty R W, Helicopter Aerodynamics, Phillips Pub Co, 1993.

Additional references:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104017/
2. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/101104071/L01.html

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2

CO 4 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO 5 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Airframe Maintenance and Repair L T P C

20AEE52
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Fundamentals Of Aeronautics, Aircraft Structures
Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize with various types of airframe repairs and inspection procedures.
2. Impart knowledge on the materials used for airframe components.
3. Impart knowledge Assembly and disassembling of airframe components.
4. Familiarize with the hydraulic and pneumatic components of airplanes.
5. Make the students understand safety procedure followed for repairing of airplanes.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Identify and apply the principles of function and safe operation to
CO1 Understand
aircraft as per FAA
Demonstrate the general airframe structural repairs, the structural
CO2 Understand
repair manual and structural control programme.
Perform airframe structural component inspection, corrosion repair
CO3 Understand
and non-destructive inspection.
Do aircraft component disassembly, reassembly and
CO4 Understand
troubleshooting.
Acquire knowledge on aircraft adhesives, sealants, bonding
techniques, repair procedures and the types and detection of
CO5 defects in aircraft composite materials, Identify, install, inspect, Understand
fabricate and repair aircraft sheet metal and synthetic, material
structures.

Course Contents:
Unit I Maintenance of Aircraft Structural Components 9
Equipments used in welding shop and their maintenance - Ensuring quality welds - Welding jigs and
fixtures - Soldering and brazing – laser welding. Sheet metal repair and maintenance: Selection of
materials; Repair schemes; Fabrication of replacement patches; Tools - power/hand; Repair techniques;
Peening - Close tolerance fasteners; Sealing compounds; forming/shaping; Calculation of weight of
completed repair; Effect of weight - change on surrounding structure. Sheet metal inspection - N.D.T.
Testing. Riveted repair design - Damage investigation - Reverse engineering.

Unit II Plastics and Composites In Aircraft 9

Review of types of plastics used in airplanes - Maintenance and repair of plastic components - Repair
of cracks and holes - various repairs schemes - Scopes. Cleaning of fibre reinforced plastic (FRP)
materials prior to repair; Break test - Repair Schemes; FRP/honeycomb sandwich materials; laminated
FRP structural members and skin panels; Tools/equipment; Vacuum-bag process. Special precautions
– Autoclaves

Unit III Aircraft Jacking, Assembly and Rigging 9

Airplane jacking and weighing and C.G. Location. Balancing of control surfaces - Inspection
maintenance. Helicopter flight controls. Tracking and balancing of main rotor.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit IV Review of Hydraulic and Pneumatic System 10

Trouble shooting and maintenance practices - Service and inspection - Inspection and maintenance of
landing gear systems. - Inspection and maintenance of air-conditioning and pressurization system,
water and waste system. Installation and maintenance of Instruments - handling - Testing - Inspection.
Inspection and maintenance of auxiliary systems - Rain removal system - Position and warning system
- Auxiliary Power Units (APUs).

Unit V Safety Practices 8

Hazardous materials storage and handling, Aircraft furnishing practices - Equipments. Trouble shooting.
Theory and practices.
Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Hajra Choudhury, “Elements of Workshop Technology”, Vol. I and II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt., Ltd., Mumbai, 2018.
2. NagendraParashar B.S. and Mittal R.K., “Elements of Manufacturing Processes”, Prentice- Hall
of India Private Limited, 2011.

References:
1. Serope Kalpajian, Steven R.Schmid, “Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials”,
Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, Inc. 2018.
2. “H.M.T. Production Technology - Handbook”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2017.
3. Adithan. M and Gupta. A.B., “Manufacturing Technology”, New Age, 2012.
4. Jain. R.K. and S.C. Gupta, “Production Technology”, Khanna Publishers. 19th Edition.2012
5. Roy. A. Linberg, “Process and Materials of Manufacture”, PHI, 2011.
Additional references:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104071/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 2 - 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 - - 2 - -
CO3 2 - 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 2 - 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 - - 2 - -
CO5 3 2 - 2 1 2 3 1 1 1 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE53 Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aerospace Propulsion

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To understand the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aero
engines and the procedures followed for an overhaul of aero engines
2. To acquire the knowledge of the inspection and overhaul of both piston and jet engines

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand the working principle of the piston engine and its
CO1 Understand
components
Carry out the troubleshooting procedures for engine Understand
CO2
components
CO3 Analysis of symptom failure in, different engine system. Apply

CO4 Outline the maintenance procedure for jet engines Understand

Understand the troubleshooting procedures for aerospace Understand

CO5
engine components

Course Contents:

Unit I Piston Engines 9

Carburation and Fuel injection systems - Ignition system components - spark plug detail – Engine
operating conditions at various altitudes - Induction, Exhaust, and cooling system - Inspection and
maintenance -troubleshooting - engine components - Daily and routine checks – Compression testing
of cylinders - Special inspection schedules - Checks and inspection procedures

Unit II Jet Engines 9

Bearings and seals - Inlets - compressors- turbines-exhaust section - Details of control, starting around
running and operating procedures - Inspection and Maintenance- permissible limits of damage and
repair criteria - internal inspection - compressor washing- field balancing of compressor fans-
Component & Systems maintenance procedures - instruments for online maintenance - Foreign Object
Damage(FOD) - Blade damage

Unit III Propellers 9

Propeller theory - operation, construction assembly and installation - Pitch change mechanism-
Propeller axially system- Damage and repair criteria - General Inspection procedures - Checks on
constant speed propellers - Pitch setting, Propeller Balancing, Blade cuffs, Governor/Propeller
operating conditions - Damage and repair criteria.

Unit IV Testing and Inspection 9

Symptoms of failure - Fault diagnostics - Rectification during testing equipments for overhaul: Tools and
types of equipment - requirements for overhauling - Tools for inspection - Tools for safety and for visual
inspection - Equipment for replacement of parts and their repair. Engine testing and procedures and
schedule preparation - Online maintenance.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit V Overhauling 9
Engine Overhaul - Overhaul procedures - Cleaning of components - Repairs schedules for overhaul -
Balancing of Gas turbine components. Trouble Shooting: Procedures for trouble shooting - Condition
monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude - engine health monitoring and corrective methods.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Books:
1. Thomas Wild, "Aircraft Power plants", 9th edition TATA McGraw Hill,New Delhi, 2018.
2. Ahmed F. El-Sayed, Aircraft Propulsion and Gas Turbine Engine, 2nd Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Dale Crane,"Aviation Maintenance Technician - Powerplants", 2nd Edition,Aviation Supplies &
2. Academics, Incorporated, 2011.
3. United Technologies Pratt and Whitney, "The Aircraft Gas turbine engine and its Operation",The
4. English Store, New Delhi, 2005.
5. "Federal Aviation Administration , Aviation Maintenance Technician Handbook-
Powerplant",Volumes 1 and 2, Newcastle, WA: Aviation Supplies & Academics, 2012.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE54 Theory of Elasticity
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Strength of materials

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Improve the ability to use the principles of theory of elasticity in engineering problems.
2. Analyze some real problem and to formulate the conditions of theory of elasticity application.
3. Familiarize with the stress function approach in solving linear elasticity problems.
4. Execute a reasonable choice of parameters of the model (geometry, material properties, and
boundary conditions).
5. Provide the foundation for pursuing other solid mechanics courses such as theory of plates and
shells, elastic stability, composite structures and fracture mechanics.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Have knowledge on the difference between Strength of Materials
CO1 Understand
approach and Theory of Elasticity
Exhibit better understanding on the strain-displacement relation,
CO2 Apply
stress-strain relations and stress ellipsoid
Demonstrate the knowledge on the classification of 2-D problems
CO3 and the methods of solution. Understand
Formulate of governing equations and solution for torsion of non-
CO4 circular sections. Apply

CO5 Solve the governing equation for plate bending. Apply

Course Contents:

Unit I Basic Equations of Elasticity 9

Definition of Stress and Strain: Stress - Strain relationships - Equations of Equilibrium, Compatibility
equations, Boundary Conditions, Saint Venant’s principle - Principal Stresses, Stress Ellipsoid - Stress
invariants

Unit II Plane Stress And Plane Strain Problems 9

Airy’s stress function, Bi-harmonic equations, Polynomial solutions, Simple two dimensional problems
in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simply supported beams.

Unit III Polar Coordinates 9

Equations of equilibrium, Strain - displacement relations, Stress – strain relations, Airy’s stress function,
Axi – symmetric problems, Introduction to Dunder’s table, Curved beam analysis, Lame’s, Kirsch,
Michell’s and Boussinesque problems – Rotating discs.

Unit IV Torsion 9
Navier’s theory, St. Venant’s theory, Prandtl’s theory on torsion, semi- inverse method and applications
to shafts of circular, elliptical, equilateral triangular and rectangular sections. Membrane Analogy.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit V Introduction to Theory of Plates and Shells 9

Classical plate theory – Assumptions – Governing equations – Boundary conditions – Navier’s method
of solution for simply supported rectangular plates – Levy’s method of solution for rectangular plates
under different boundary conditions.
Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Ansel C Ugural and Saul K Fenster, "Advanced Strength and Applied Elasticity", 4th Edition,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2003.
2. Bhaskar, K., and Varadan, T. K., "Theory of Isotropic/Orthotropic Elasticity", CRC Press USA,
2009.
3. Timoshenko, S., and Goodier, T.N., "Theory of Elasticity", McGraw – Hill Ltd., Tokyo, 1990.98

References:
1. Barber, J. R., "Elasticity", Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004
2. Sokolnikoff, I. S., "Mathematical Theory of Elasticity", McGraw – Hill, New York, 1978.
3. Volterra & J.H. Caines, "Advanced Strength of Materials", Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1991
4. Wang, C. T., "Applied Elasticity", McGraw – Hill Co., New York, 1993.

Additional References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105177/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104005/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3
0 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - -
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
5
Attendance
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE55 Advanced Manufacturing Process
3 0 0 3

Nature of Course Professional Elective

Pre requisites Manufacturing Process

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. The objective of this course is to teach the lean tools to attain optimum level in quality.
2. Students will get knowledge on how to meet the needs of customers while
maintaining high standards of quality and controlling the overall costs involved in
the production of a particularproduct.
3. Aims to develop the students to conserve energy and natural resources, and to
ensure thatthey have minimal impact on the environment and society.
4. To introduce students the basics of additive manufacturing/rapid prototyping and
its applications in various fields, reverse engineering techniques
5. To give students an introduction to an advanced information process techniques.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Demonstrate the knowledge of Additive Manufacturing and
CO1 Understand
Rapid Prototyping technologies
Apply the concepts of JIT, Lean Manufacturing, and Agile Remember
CO2
Manufacturing methodologies
Assess the product life cycle, impact on environment and Remember
CO3
development of green manufacturing processes.
Implement variety of Additive Manufacturing (AM) Remember
CO4 technologies, their potential to support design and
manufacturing
Apply artificial intelligence (AI) and data mining (DM)
CO5 Remember
techniques to improve the efficiencyof manufacturing systems

Course Contents:

Unit I Lean Manufacturing 9

Objectives of lean manufacturing-key principles and implications of lean manufacturing -traditional Vs
lean manufacturing- flow-continuous improvement/Kaizen –worker involvement- 5S principles-
elements of JIT - uniform production rate - Kanban system - Lean implementation, Reconciling lean
with other systems - lean six sigma- lean and ERP - lean with ISO 9001:2000.

Unit II Agile Manufacturing 9

The Agile Production Paradigm – Agile Manufacturing Vs Mass Manufacturing - Agile Practices - Agile
practice for product development - Manufacturing agile practices - Implementing new technology - A
checklist, technology applications that enhance agility - agile technology make or buy decisions. -
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Costing for Agile Manufacturing practices - Creating the learning factory: Imperative for success, factory
becoming a learning factory, building a road map for becoming a learning factory
.

Unit III Green Manufacturing 9

Introduction to Green Manufacturing- impact of manufacturing in environmental ecology - green
manufacturing strategies - Principles of green manufacturing and its efficiency – System model
architecture and module- design and planning- control or tools for green manufacturing.(Qualitative
Analysis, Consumption Analysis, Life Cycle Analysis, Efficiency, Sustainability tools). - Enabling
techniques for assuring green manufacturing - Carbon footprint analysis and management of
manufacturing processes
Unit IV Additive Manufacturing 9
Overview- Additive Manufacturing Technology in product Development - CAD and Reverse Engineering
- Data Processing for Additive Manufacturing Technology: CAD model preparation – Stereo lithography
– Stereo lithography Apparatus (SLA)- Principle, process, advantages and applications - Powder Based
Additive Manufacturing Systems - Selective Laser Sintering – Principles of SLS process - Process,
advantages and applications.
Unit V Intelligent Manufacturing 9
Goals of AI in manufacturing- Methods for production equipment selection and layout, Heuristic
scheduling of multiple resources, Fuzzy multiple attribute decision making methods- Application of
neural networks and fuzzy sets to machining and metal forming.

Total: 45 Periods

Text Books:
1. Badiru A.B., “Expert Systems Applications in Engineering and Manufacturing”, Prentice-
Hall,New Jersey, 1st edition, 1992.
2. Kusiak, Andrew, “Intelligent Manufacturing Systems”, Prentice Hall, 1st edition, 1990.

Reference Books:
1. Black .J.T. and Kohser R.A, “DeGarmo’s Materials and Processes in Manufacturing”,
Published by Wiley, 11th edition, 2011.
2. Chowdiah.M.P., “Agile Manufacturing”, IK International Publishing House Pvt Ltd,
3. Christian N. Madu, “Handbook of environmentally conscious manufacturing”, Springer US
4. Publishers, 1st edition, 2001.
5. John Schey, “Introduction to Manufacturing Processes”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education ,3rdedition,1999 .
6. Rao R. V, “Advanced Modeling and Optimization of Manufacturing Processes”, 2nd
edition,2006.
7. Ronald G. Askin and Jeffrey B. Goldberg, “Design and Analysis of Lean Production
Systems”,John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3
0 1 2
CO1 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 -
CO2 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 -
CO3 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 -
CO4 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 -
CO5 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE56 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Manufacturing Engineering

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To understand the various components and functions of production and select the materials.
2. To know the recent trends in various machining, metal joining processes, metal casting and
forging.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Outline the appropriate design for economical production and
CO1 Understand
select the materials.
Select between various machining and metal joining Remember
CO2
processes.
Apply a systematic understanding of knowledge in the field of Remember
CO3
metal casting and forging.
Fabricate basic parts and assemblies using powered and non – Remember
CO4 powered machine shop equipment in conjunction with
mechanical documentation.
Integrate the knowledge of compliance analysis and
CO5 interference analysis for assembly and also use visco-elastic Remember
and creep in plastics.

Course Contents:

Unit I Metal Casting and Forging 9

Appraisal of various casting processes, selection of casting process, - general design considerations for
casting – casting tolerances – use of solidification simulation in casting design – product design rules
for sand casting.Design factors for forging – closed die forging design – parting lines of dies – drop
forging die design – general design recommendations.

Unit II Machining Process And Metal Joining 9

Overview of various machining processes – general design rules for machining - dimensional tolerance
and surface roughness – design for machining – ease – redesigning of components for machining ease
with suitable examples, general design recommendations for machined parts. Appraisal of various
welding processes, factors in design of weldments – general design guidelines – pre and post
treatment of welds – effects of thermal stresses in weld joints – design of brazed joints.

Unit III Metal Casting and Forging 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Appraisal of various casting processes, selection of casting process, - general design considerations for
casting – casting tolerances – use of solidification simulation in casting design – product design rules
for sand casting.Design factors for forging – closed die forging design – parting lines of dies – drop
forging die design – general design recommendations.

Unit IV Extrusion and Sheet Metal Work 9

Design guidelines for extruded sections - design principles for punching, blanking, bending, and deep
drawing – Keeler Goodman forming line diagram – component design for blanking.

Unit V Assembly 9
Compliance analysis and interference analysis for the design of assembly – design and development of
features for automatic assembly – liaison diagrams.

Total: 45 Periods
Text Books:
1. A K Chitale and R C Gupta, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2003.

Reference Books:
1. George E Deiter, “Engineering Design”, McGrawHill International, 2002.
2. Boothroyd G, “Product design for Manufacture and Assembly”, First Edition, Marcel Dekker Inc,
New York, 1994.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3
0 1 2
CO1 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3
CO2 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3
CO3 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3
CO4 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3
CO5 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - 3 - - 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE57 Total Quality Management
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites NIL

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. This course deals with Quality concepts and TQM principles focusing on process quality to
assure product quality to the customers.
2. It also deals with the Basic and modern Quality management tools including ISO standards.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Demonstrate the need, history and principles of Quality and TQM Applying

CO2 Illustrate the principles and strategies of TQM Applying

CO3 Make use of various tools and techniques of quality management Applying
Apply various quality tools and techniques in both manufacturing
CO4 Applying
and service industry
CO5 Explain the concepts of quality management system and ISO. Applying

Course Contents:
Unit I Quality Concepts and Principles: 9
Quality Concepts and Principles: Definition of Quality - Dimensions of Quality - Quality Planning -
Quality costs - Basic concepts of Total Quality Management - Historical Review. Principles of TQM -
Leadership –Concepts - Quality Council - Quality Statements - Strategic Planning - Deming Philosophy
- Barriers to TQM Implementation.

Unit II Engineering Ethics 9

Total Quality Management-Principles and Strategies: Customer satisfaction –Customer Perception of
Quality - Customer Complaints - Customer Retention - Employee Involvement –Motivation -
Empowerment - Teams - Recognition and Reward - Performance Appraisal - Benefits. Continuous
Process Improvement –Juran Trilogy - PDSA Cycle - 5S - Kaizen - Supplier Partnership –Partnering -
sourcing - Supplier Selection - Supplier Rating - Relationship Development - Performance Measures

Unit III Control Charts for Process Control: 9

Control Charts for Process Control: The seven tools of quality - Statistical Fundamentals –Measures of
central Tendency and Dispersion - Population and Sample - Normal Curve - Control Charts for
variables and attributes - Process capability - Concept of six sigma.

Unit IV TQM-Modern Tools: 9

TQM-Modern Tools: The new seven tools of quality - Benchmarking-Need - Types and process; Quality
Function Deployment-HOQ construction - case studies; Taguchi‟s Robust design-Quality loss function -
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

DOE; Total Productive Maintenance-uptime enhancement; Failure Mode and Effect Analysis-Risk
Priority Number - Process - case studies.

Unit V Quality Systems: 9

Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems - ISO 9000 : 2015 Quality System –
Elements - Implementation of Quality System - Documentation - Quality Auditing - Introduction to TS
16949 - QS 9000 - ISO 14000 - ISO 18000 - ISO 20000 - ISO 22000. Process of implementing ISO -
Barriers in TQM implementation.
Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Dale H. Besterfield, "Total Quality Management", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2011.

References:
1. Subburaj Ramasamy, "Total Quality Management", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Feigenbaum A.V., "Total Quality Management", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi,
2004
3. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, "The Management and Control of Quality",8th
Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
4. Janakiraman. B and Gopal .R.K., "Total Quality Management - Text and Cases", Prentice
Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
5. Suganthi.L and Anand Samuel, "Total Quality Management", Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.
Ltd.,2006.
6. ISO 9001-2015 standards

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 3
CO2 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Total marks
Level Assessment Component Marks

Remember Online Quiz 5

Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Production Planning and Control L T P C

20AEE58
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To understand the various components and functions of production planning and control such
as work study, product planning, process planning, production scheduling, Inventory Control.
2.
To know the recent trends like manufacturing requirement Planning (MRP II) and Enterprise
Resource Planning (ERP).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Identify the benefits of production planning and control Understand

Do motion study, work measurement, time study and Remember
CO2
production study
Prepare production planning and control activities such as Remember
CO3
product planning and process planning
Prepare production scheduling and material requirement Remember
CO4
planning
Plan Manufacturing Requirement Planning (MRP II) and
CO5 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP). Remember

Course Contents:

Unit I Introduction 9
Objectives and benefits of planning and control-Functions of production control-Types of production-
job- batch and continuous-Product development and design-Marketing aspect - Functional aspects-
Operational aspect-Durability and dependability aspect aesthetic aspect. Profit consideration-
Standardization, Simplification & specialization- Break even analysis-Economics of a new design.

Unit II Work Study 9

Method study, basic procedure-Selection-Recording of process - Critical analysis, Development -
Implementation - Micro motion and memo motion study – work measurement - Techniques of work
measurement - Time study - Production study - Work sampling - Synthesis from standard data -
Predetermined motion time standards.
.
Unit III Product Planning and Process Planning 9
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Product planning-Extending the original product information-Value analysis-Problems in lack of product

planning-Process planning and routing-Pre requisite information needed for process planning- Steps in
process planning-Quantity determination in batch production-Machine capacity, balancing- Analysis of
process capabilities in a multi product system.
Unit IV Production Scheduling 9
Production Control Systems-Loading and scheduling-Master Scheduling-Scheduling rules-Gantt charts-
Perpetual loading-Basic scheduling problems - Line of balance – Flow production scheduling- Batch
production scheduling-Product sequencing – Production Control systems- Periodic batch control-
Material requirement planning kanban – Dispatching-Progress reporting and expediting- Manufacturing
lead time-Techniques for aligning completion times and due dates.

Unit V Inventory Control And Recent Trends In PPC 9

Inventory control - Purpose of holding stock - Effect of demand on inventories - Ordering procedures.
Two bin system - Ordering cycle system-Determination of Economic order quantity and economic lot
size- ABC analysis - Recorder procedure-Introduction to computer integrated production planning
systems- elements of JUST IN TIME SYSTEMS-Fundamentals of MRP II and ERP.
Total: 45 Periods

Text Books:
1. James. B. Dilworth, ”Operations management – Design, Planning and Control for
manufacturing and services” Mcgraw Hill International edition 1992.
2. Martand Telsang, “Industrial Engineering and Production Management”, First edition, S. Chand
and Company, 2000.

Reference Books:
1. Chary. S.N., “Theory and Problems in Production & Operations Management”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1995.
2. Elwood S.Buffa, and Rakesh K.Sarin, “Modern Production / Operations Management”, 8th
Edition John Wiley and Sons, 2000.
3. Jain. K.C. & Aggarwal. L.N., “Production Planning Control and Industrial Management”,
Khanna Publishers, 1990.
4. Kanishka Bedi, “Production and Operations management”, 2nd Edition, Oxford university press,
2007.
5. Melynk, Denzler, “ Operations management – A value driven approach” Irwin Mcgraw hill.
6. Norman Gaither, G. Frazier, “Operations Management” 9th Edition, Thomson learning IE, 2007
7. Samson Eilon, “Elements of Production Planning and Control”, Universal Book Corpn.1984
8. Upendra Kachru, “ Production and Operations Management – Text and cases” 1st Edition,
Excel books 2007

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3
0 1 2
CO1 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO2 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO3 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
CO4 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

CO5 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - - 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
(7.5) (7.5) (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 10 10 10 30
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEE59 Six Sigma & Lean Concepts
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites NIL

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To gain insights about the importance of lean manufacturing and six sigma practices

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Understand the six sigma methodologies. Understand

CO2 Understand the implementation and challenges in six sigma Understand

CO3 Understand the evaluation and continuous improvement methods Understand

CO4 Understand the fundamentals of Lean and Six sigma Understand

CO5 Understand the tools and techniques used in analysis Understand

Course Contents:

Unit I Six Sigma Methodologies 9

Design For Six Sigma (DFSS),Design For Six Sigma Method - Failure Mode Effect Analysis (FMEA),
FMEA process - Risk Priority Number (RPN)- Six Sigma and Leadership, committed leadership –
Change Acceleration Process (CAP)- Developing communication plan – Stakeholder

Unit II Six Sigma Implementation and Challenges 9

Tools for implementation – Supplier Input Process Output Customer (SIPOC) – Quality Function
Deployment or House of Quality (QFD) – alternative approach –implementation – leadership training,
close communication system, project selection – project management and team – champion training –
customer quality index – challenges – program failure, CPQ vs six sigma, structure the deployment of
six sigma – cultural challenge – customer/internal metrics

Unit III Evaluation and Continuous Improvement Methods 9

Evaluation strategy – the economics of six sigma quality, Return on six Sigma (ROSS), ROI, poor
project estimates – continuous improvement – lean manufacturing – value, customer focus, Perfection,
focus on waste, overproduction – waiting, inventory in process (IIP), processing waste, transportation,
motion, making defective products, underutilizing people – Kaizen – 5S

Unit IV Lean & Six Sigma Background and Fundamentals 9

Historical Overview – Definition of quality – What is six sigma -TQM and Six sigma - lean manufacturing
and six sigma- six sigma and process tolerance – Six sigma and cultural changes – six sigma capability
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

– six sigma need assessments - implications of quality levels, Cost of Poor Quality (COPQ), Cost of
Doing Nothing – assessment questions

Unit V The Scope of Tools and Techniques 9

Tools for definition – IPO diagram, SIPOC diagram, Flow diagram, CTQ Tree, Project Charter – Tools
for measurement – Check sheets, Histograms, Run Charts, Scatter Diagrams, Cause and effect
diagram, Pareto charts, Control charts, Flow process charts, Process Capability Measurement, Tools
for analysis – Process Mapping, Regression analysis, RU/CS analysis, SWOT, PESTLE, Five Whys,
interrelationship diagram, overall equipment effectiveness, TRIZ innovative problem solving – Tools for
improvement – Affinity diagram, Normal group technique, SMED, 5S, mistake proofing, Value stream
Mapping, forced field analysis – Tools for control – Gantt chart, Activity network diagram, Radar chart,
PDCA cycle, Milestone tracker diagram, Earned value management.
Total: 45 Periods
References:
1. Michael L.George, David Rownalds, Bill Kastle, What is Lean Six Sigma, McGraw – Hill
2003
2. Thomas Pyzdek, The Six Sigma Handbook, McGraw-Hill,2000
3. Fred Soleimannejed , Six Sigma, Basic Steps and Implementation, AuthorHouse, 2004
4. Forrest W. Breyfogle, III, James M. Cupello, Becki Meadows, Managing Six Sigma:A
Practical Guide to Understanding, Assessing, and Implementing the Strategy That Yields
Bottom-Line Success,JohnWiley&Sons,2000
5. James P. Womack, Daniel T.Jones, Lean Thinking, Free Press Business, 2003
Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 3
CO2 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AEE60 Nondestructive Testing
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Professional Elective

Pre requisites Engineering Materials

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge on fundamental concepts of NDT.
2. Provide knowledge on different methods of NDE.
3. Impart knowledge on the concept of Thermography and Eddy current testing.
4. Provide knowledge on the concept of Ultrasonic Testing and Acoustic Emission.
5. Provide knowledge on the concept of Radiography.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO 1 Explain the fundamental concepts of NDT Understand

CO 2 Discuss the different methods of NDE Understand

CO 3 Explain the concept of Thermography and Eddy current testing Understand

CO 4 Explain the concept of Ultrasonic Testing and Acoustic Emission Understand

CO 5 Explain the concept of Radiography Apply

Course Contents:

UNIT I Overview of NDT 9

NDT Versus Mechanical testing, Overview of the Non Destructive Testing Methods for the detection of
manufacturing defects as well as material characterization. Relative merits and limitations, Various
physical characteristics of materials and their applications in NDT, Visual inspection – Unaided and
aided.

UNITII Surface NDE Methods 9

Liquid Penetrant Testing - Principles, types and properties of liquid penetrants, developers, advantages
and limitations of various methods, Testing Procedure. Magnetic Particle Testing- Theory of magnetism,
inspection materials Magnetisation methods, Interpretation and evaluation of test indications, Principles
and methods of demagnetization, Residual magnetism.

UNIT III Thermography and Eddy Current Testing (ET) 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Thermography- Principles - Contact and non contact inspection methods - Advantages and limitation -
Instrumentations and methods, applications - Eddy Current Testing - Generation of eddy currents,
Properties of eddy currents, Eddy current sensing elements- Types of arrangement, Applications,
advantages, Limitations, Interpretation/Evaluation.

UNIT IV Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Acoustic Emission (AE) 9

Ultrasonic Testing-Principle, Transducers, transmission and pulse-echo method, straight beam and
angle beam, instrumentation, data representation, A/Scan, B-scan, C-scan. Acoustic Emission
Technique –Principle, AE parameters, Applications.

UNIT V Radiography (RT) 9

Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film less techniques, types and use of
filters and screens, geometric factors, Inverse square, law, characteristics of films. Fluoroscopy- Xero-
Radiography, Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography.
Total: 45 Periods

Text Books:
1. Baldev Raj, T.Jayakumar, M.Thavasimuthu “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”, Narosa
Publishing House, 2014.
2. Ravi Prakash, “Non-Destructive Testing Techniques”, 1st revised edition, New Age
International Publishers, 2010

Reference Books:
1. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Non-destructive testing: a training guide”, Wiley, 2nd Edition New
Jersey, 2005
2. ASM Metals Handbook,”Non-Destructive Evaluation and Quality Control”, American Society of
Metals, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 200, Volume-17.
3. Charles, J. Hellier,“ Handbook of Nondestructive evaluation”, McGraw Hill, New York 2001.
4. ASNT, American Society for Non Destructive Testing, Columbus, Ohio, NDT Handbook,Vol.1,
Leak Testing, Vol. 2, Liquid Penetrant Testing, Vol. 3, Infrared and Thermal Testing Vol. 4,
Radiographic Testing, Vol. 5, Electromagnetic Testing, Vol. 6, Acoustic Emission Testing, Vol. 7,
Ultrasonic Testing.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO 4 2 3 2 2 2
CO 5 2 3 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

OPEN ELECTIVE

L T P C
20AE001 Drone Design anddevelopment
3 0 0 3

Nature of Course Open Elective

Pre requisites Fundaments of Aeronautics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To know about the basic terminology and design stages of UAV and MAV.
2. To understand the aerodynamics, airframe configurations and structures.
3. To impart knowledge about the avionics system used in drones and MAV
4. To introduce the major application area of drones.
5. To expose the drone regulations and future challenges in mini-UAV.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Explain the basic terminologies to develop the UAV systems. Understanding

Prepare preliminary design requirements for an unmanned aerial

CO2 Analyze
vehicle.
CO3 Ability to identify different hardware for UAV Understanding

CO4 Capability to identify the drone application areas. Analyze

CO5 Design micro aerial vehicle systems for future challenges. Understanding
Course contents:
Unit I Introduction 9
History of UAV – Classifications – UAV System composition – UAS – Drones- Evolution of drones –
Concepts of flight : aerodynamics – flight performance – stability andcontrol.

Unit II Unmanned Aerial System Components 9

UAS - Platforms – Payload, installation and utilization - propulsion - on-board flight control -
communications - Telemetry-tracking - launch / recovery systems - ground control stations – Trouble
shooting.

Unit III Drone Anatomy andAssembly 9

Multi rotor introduction - Drone Anatomy: Motor – Propeller - ESC – Flight controller – Transmitter–
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Receiver Sensors – Assembly – Autonomous system - Emergency identification and handling.

Unit IV Applications and Innovations of Drones 9

Military – Civil : Health care – Public safety – Disaster Management - Wild life monitoring – Railways -
Data collection – Environmental Science – Product delivery - Surveying – Traffic Management –
Agriculture – Construction – Entertainment etc.

Unit V Operational Considerations and FutureScope 9

DGCA regulations –CAR - NPNT – fly zones - Digital sky platform - Federal Aircraft Regulations -
Future Prospects and Challenges- Case Studies – Mini and Micro UAVs

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
1. Paul G Fahlstrom, Thomas J Gleason, “Introduction to UAV Systems”, UAV Systems, Inc, 1998.
2. Reg Austin “Unmanned Aircraft Systems UAV design, development and deployment”, Wiley,
2010.

References:
1. Dr. Armand J. Chaput, “Design of Unmanned Air Vehicle Systems”, Lockheed Martin
Aeronautics Company,2001.
2. Robert C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw-Hill, Inc,1998.
3. MirosawAdamski, "Power units and power supply systems in UAV", New Edition, Taylor and
Francis Group publishers, 2014.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s
Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AE002 Helicopter Technology
3 2 0 4
Nature of Course Basic Sciences
Pre requisites Fundamental of Aeronautics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To impart the knowledge of basic layout of helicopter.
2. To impart the knowledge of aerodynamics of helicopter.
3. To impart the knowledge to study the performance and stability aspects of Helicopter under
different operating conditions.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 To perform the Aerodynamics calculation of Rotor blades Understand

CO2 To perform stability and control characteristics of Helicopter Apply

CO3 To perform and control Rotor vibration Understand

Apply Momentum and simple blade element theories to helicopter’s
CO4 rotor blades. Apply
Analyze the power requirements in forward flight and associated
CO5 Analyze
stability problems of helicopter.

Course Contents:

Unit I Introduction 9
Basic features, Layout, Generation of lift, Main rotor, Gearbox, tail rotor, power plant, considerations on
blade, flapping and feathering, Rotor controls and various types of rotor, Blade loading, Effect of solidity,
profile drag, compressibility.

Unit II Aerodynamics of Rotor Blade 9

Aerofoil characteristics in forward flight, Hovering and Vortex ring state, Blade stall, maximum lift of the
helicopter calculation of Induced Power, High speed limitations; parasite drag, power loading, ground
effect.

Unit III Power Plants and Flight Performance 9

Piston engines, Gas turbines, Ramjet principle, Comparative performance, Horsepower required,
Range and Endurance, Rate of Climb, Best Climbing speed, Ceiling in vertical climb, Autorotation.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit IV Stability and Control 9

Physical description of effects of disturbances, Stick fixed Longitudinal and lateral dynamic
stability, lateral stability characteristics, control response. Differences between stability and control
of airplane and helicopter

Unit V Rotor Vibrations 9

Dynamic model of the rotor, Motion of the rigid blades, flapping motion,feathering motion, Properties of
vibrating system,vibration absorbers, Measurement of vibration in flight. Rotor Blade Design: General
considerations, Airfoil selection, Blade construction, Materials.
Total: 45 Periods

Text Books:
1. John Fay, "The Helicopter and How It Flies", Himalayan Books 1995
2. Lalit Gupta, "Helicopter Engineering", Himalayan Books New Delhi 1996

Reference Books:
1. Joseph Schafer, "Basic Helicopter Maintenance", Jeppesen 1980
2. R W Prouty, Helicopter Aerodynamics, Phillips Pub Co, 1993.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
5
Attendance

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final
IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III
Examination(60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

Air Traffic Control L T P C

20AEO03
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Open Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft Systems & Instruments

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Improve the basic concepts of air traffic control.
2. Analyze some real problem in air traffic systems
3. Familiarize flight information system.
4. Improve the basic knowledge in aerodrome data.
5. Provide the foundation of navigation and other data.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand
CO1 Understand the basic concepts of air traffic control

Understand
CO2 Remember the air traffic system
Understand
CO3 Understand the flight information system
Understand
CO4 Remember the basic knowledge in aerodrome data

Understand
CO5 Remember the foundation of navigation and other data

Course contents:

Unit I Basic Concepts 9

Objectives of air traffic control systems - Parts of ATC services – Scope and Provision of ATCs – VFR
& IFR operations – Classification of ATS air spaces – Various kinds of separation – Altimeter setting
procedures – Establishment, designation and identification of units providing ATS – Division of
responsibility of control.

Unit II Air Traffic Systems 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Area control service, assignment of cruising levels - minimum flight altitude - ATS routes and significant
points – RNAV and RNP – Vertical, lateral and longitudinal separations based on time / distance –ATC
clearances – Flight plans – position report

Unit III Flight Information Systems 10

Radar service, Basic radar terminology – Identification procedures using primary / secondary radar –
performance checks – use of radar in area and approach control services – assurance control and co
ordination between radar / non radar control – emergencies – Flight information and advisory service –
Alerting service – Co-ordination and emergency procedures – Rules of the air.

Unit IV Aerodrome Data 9

Aerodrome data - Basic terminology – Aerodrome reference code – Aerodrome reference point –
Aerodrome elevation – Aerodrome reference temperature – Instrument runway, physicalCharacteristics;
length of primary / secondary runway – Width of runways – Minimum distance between parallel
runways etc. – obstacles restriction.

Unit V Navigation and Other Services 8

Visual aids for navigation Wind direction indicator – Landing direction indicator – Location and
characteristics of signal area – Markings, general requirements – Various markings – Lights,general
requirements – Aerodrome beacon, identification beacon – Simple approach lighting system and
various lighting systems – VASI & PAPI - Visual aids for denoting obstacles; object to be marked and
lighter – Emergency and other services.
Total: 45 Periods
Text Book
1. AIP (India) Vol. I & II, “The English Book Store”, 17-1, Connaught Place, New Delhi.

References
1. “Aircraft Manual (India) Volume I”, latest Edition – The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught
Place, New Delhi.
2. “PANS – RAC – ICAO DOC 4444”, Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught
Place, New Delhi.

Additional references:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/101/105101008/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/108/101108047/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO5 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Automobile Aerodynamics L T P C
20AEO04
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Open Elective
Pre requisites Aerodynamics –I, Fluid Mechanics

Course objectives:
The course is intended to
1. At the end of the course, the students will be able to apply basic principles of aerodynamics for
the design of vehicle body
2. To learn the basics of fluid mechanics on vehicle motion and expose to the optimization
techniques followed in automotive industry in reducing aerodynamics drag, fuel consumption
and improving vehicle stability

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO.No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO 1 Know the forces & moments influencing drag Understand

CO 2 Solve simple numericals related to fuel economy & drag Analyze

CO 3 Learn the techniques of optimization practiced in industry Understand

CO 4 Learn the relation between drag, stability & fuel economy Understand

CO 5 Expose to fundamentals of numerical & experimental testing Apply

Course Contents

Unit I Introduction 9
Scope, historical developments, fundamental of fluid mechanics, flow phenomenon related to vehicles,
external and Internal flow problem, resistance to vehicle motion, performance, fuel consumption and
performance potential of vehicle aerodynamics, engine cooling requirement,
air flow to passenger compartment, duct for air conditioning, cooling of transverse engine and rear
engine.

Unit II Aerodynamic Drag of Cars 9

Cars as a bluff body, flow field around car, drag force, types of drag force, analysis of aerodynamic
drag, drag coefficient of cars, strategies for aerodynamic development, low drag profiles.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit III Shape Optimization of Cars 9

Front end modification, front and rear wind shield angle, boat tailing, hatch back, fast back and square
back, dust flow patterns at the rear, effects of gap configuration, effect of fasteners.

Unit IV Vehicle Handling 9

The origin of forces and moments on a vehicle, lateral stability problems, methods to calculate forces
and moments – vehicle dynamics under side winds, the effects of forces and moments, characteristics
of forces and moments, dirt accumulation on the vehicle, wind noise, drag reduction in commercial
vehicles.
Unit V Wind Tunnels for Automotive Aerodynamics 9
Introduction, principle of wind tunnel technology, limitation of simulation, stress with scale models, full
scale wind tunnels, measurement techniques, equipment and transducers, road testing methods,
numerical methods.
Total: 45 Periods
Textbook:
1. Hucho.W.H. - “Aerodynamic of Road Vehicles” - Butterworths Co., Ltd., - 1997.
2. Joseph Katz,“Automotive Aerodynamics” Wiley – 2016
References:
1. Pope - “Wind Tunnel Testing “ - John Wiley & Sons - 2nd Edition, New York - 1974.
2. R.H.Barnard - “Road vehicle aerodynamic design, An Introduction” , Mechaero publications,
Third edition-1996
3. Hucho .W.H. – “Aerodynamic of Road Vehicles – From Fluid Mechanics to Vehicle
Engineering”Society of Automotive Engineers,U.S,Fourth edition,2013
Web references:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/106/101106035/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - 1 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO2 3 - - 1 1 2 - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO3 3 - - 1 1 2 - - - - - 2 2 1 -
CO4 3 - - 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 -
CO5 3 - - 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 1 -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination

Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AEO05 Avionics
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Open Electives
Pre requisites NA

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To know about the avionics need upon space and aircrafts
2. Able to learn Digital avionics architecture
3. To analyze the performance of various cockpit display technologies
4. Integrate avionics navigation systems
5. Ability to design and perform analysis on air system

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
CO1 Learn about the need of avionics and its design Understand
Possibility to learn about the architecture and microprocessor
CO2 Understand
procedures
CO3 Gaining knowledge on display technologies Understand
CO4 Learn about aircraft navigation systems and its functions Understand
CO5 Creativity on finding the air data quantities and autopilot Apply

Course contents:

Unit I Introduction to Avionics 9

Need for avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems – integrated avionics and weapon
systems – typical avionics subsystems – design and technologies –memories

Unit II Digital Avionics Architecture 9

Avionics system architecture – Microprocessor 8085 – MIL-STD-1553B – ARINC – 429 – ARINC – 629

Unit III Flight Decks and Cockpits 9

Control and display technologies: CRT, LED, LCD, EL and plasma panel – Touch screen – Direct voice
input (DVI) – Civil and Military Cockpits: MFDS, HUD, MFK, HOTAS

Unit IV Introduction to Navigation Systems 9

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Radio navigation – ADF, DME, VOR, LORAN, DECCA, OMEGA, ILS, MLS – Inertial Navigation
Systems (INS) – Inertial sensors, INS block diagram – Satellite navigation systems – GPS.

Unit V Air Data Systems and Auto Pilot 9

Air data quantities – Altitude, Air speed, Vertical speed, Mach Number, Total air temperature, Mach
warning, Altitude warning – Auto pilot – Basic principles, Longitudinal and lateral auto pilot

Total: 45 Periods
Text books
1. Albert Helfrick.D., "Principles of Avionics", Avionics Communications Inc., 2004
2. Collinson.R.P.G. "Introduction to Avionics", Chapman and Hall, 1996.

References
1. Middleton, D.H., Ed., "Avionics systems, Longman Scientific and Technical", Longman Group
UK Ltd., England, 1989.
2. Pallet.E.H.J., "Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems", Pearsons, Indian edition 2011.
3. Spitzer, C.R. "Digital Avionics Systems", Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,U.S.A. 1993.
4. Spitzer. C.R. "The Avionics Hand Book", CRC Press, 2000

Web References:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/108/101108056/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 1 - 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 1 - 2 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 1 - 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 1 - 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 1 - 2 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Level
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AEO06 Aircraft Power Plant
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Elective
Pre requisites Aero Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Familiarize about reciprocating engine construction
2. Acquire the knowledge about IC engines
3. Learn about the principles of lubricating systems
4. To understand about superchargers and turbochargers
5. To learn about the fuel systems and carburetors

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course the students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Understand
Understanding about the reciprocating engine construction
CO2 Gaining Knowledge about the IC engines Apply

CO3 Familiarizing on Lubricating systems Apply

CO4 Interpreting the applications of superchargers and Apply

turbochargers
CO5 Gaining knowledge about fuel systems and carburetors Understand

Course contents:
Unit I Reciprocating engine construction
Crankcase – bearings- crankshaft – connecting rod assemblies – pistons – cylinders-valves and
associated parts – accessory section – propeller reduction gears

Unit II IC Engines
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Fundamentals – valve timing - two stroke engine – rotary engine – diesel engine – power calculations –
engine efficiency – factors affecting performance

Unit III Lubricating system

Classification of lubricants – properties – need – functions – characteristics and components – engine
design features related to lubrication

Unit IV Superchargers and turbochargers

Basic induction system – principle of superchargers and turbochargers – internal single speed
supercharger –reciprocating engine cooling systems – reciprocating engine exhaust systems

Unit V fuel systems and carburettors

Characteristics of gasoline – principle of fuel systems – float type carburettors - carburettor icing –
inspection and overhaul – principle of pressure ignition – pressure carburettors for small engines –
pressure carburettors for large engines - water injection

Text books:
1. Thomas W. Wild and Michael J Kroes, “Aircraft powerplants” McGraw Hill , 8th edition, 2014.

References:
1. Charles E. Otis, Peter A Vosbury, “Aircraft Gas Turbine Powerplants Textbook and Workbook”,
Aircraft Technical Book Co. 3rd edition, 2010.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Pos PSOs
Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’sLevel Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5
15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category Final Examination
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

IAE- I IAE - II IAE - III

(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 30 30 30 60
Apply 10 10 10 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AE007 Basics of Aeronautical Science
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Professional Core
Pre requisites Engineering physics

Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. To introduce the basic concepts of aircrafts, rockets, satellites and their development.
2. To impart knowledge about the basic parts and their function and construction.
3. To know the basics of propulsion and application of rockets.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand the evolution of aircrafts and flying vehicles.
CO1 Understand
Understand the parts and function of aircrafts.
CO2 Understand
Obtain knowledge on principles of flight.
CO3 Understand
Understand the fundamentals of structures and materials used.
CO4 Understand
Understand the principles of aircraft and rocket propulsion.
CO5 Understand

Course Contents:

Unit I history of Aerospace Engineering 9

Historical evolution; Developments in aerodynamics, materials, structures and propulsion over the
years.

Unit II Classification Aircraft 9

Components of an airplane and their functions; Different types of flight vehicles, classifications; Basic
instruments for flying.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Unit III Principles of Flight 9

Principles of flight- Evolution of lift, drag and moment; altitude and standard atmosphere – Airfoil and
nomenclature – Basic aerodymanics.

Unit IV Aircraft Materials and Structures 9

General types of Aircraft construction, Fuselage and Wing Structure; Aerospace materials, metallic and
non-metallic materials.

Unit V Aircraft Propulsion 9

Basic ideas about piston, turboprop and jet engines, Basic Propeller theory; Principles of operation of
rocket, types of rockets and typical applications, Exploration into space.
Total: 45 Periods

Text books:
1. John D Anderson Jr, ”Introduction to Flight”,Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,
NewDelhi, 5th Edition, 2009.
2. A.C Kermode, “Flight without Formulae” , Pearson Education,5th Edition, 2008.

References:
1. Anderson. David, Wand Scott Eberhardt. “Understanding Flight”. 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill
Professional, 2009.
2. Ashish Tewari, “Basic Flight Mechanics: A Simple Approach Without Equations”, Springer, 2016.
3. Lloyd Dingle, Mike Tooley, “Aircraft engineering principles“,Second Edition,
ButterworthHeinemann, 2005.
4. Jim Winchester, “Concept Aircraft” Thunder Bay Press, 2005

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AEO08 Airport Management
3 0 0 3
Nature of course Open Elective
Pre requisites Principles of Management, Air Traffic Control and Planning

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge on the airport management.
2. Provide knowledge on Airport Authority.
3. Impart knowledge FAR.
4. Provide knowledge on Air traffic management.
5. Impart knowledge on Cargo and Business applications.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO 1 Identify the concept of Airport Planning. Understand

CO 2 Relate the airport authority Understand

CO 3 Identify the Airport Rules and Regulations Understand

CO 4 Identify the Air Traffic Control Understand

CO 5 Identify the Industrial Management Apply

Course Contents
Unit –I Airport Planning and Terminal Operations 9
Airport Management – Airport Planning - Terminal Planning – Precautions – Terminal Designing –
Terminal Operation.
Unit –II Airport Authorities and Functions 9
Airport Operations – Airport Functions – Organization structure of Airline Sectors – Airport
Authorities – Global Indian scenario of Airport management.
Unit –III Airport Regulations and Services 9
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

International trends in Airport transport services – Emerging Indian scenario – Private participation
in International and Indian airports – environmental regulations – Regulatory issues – Airport fees,
rates and charges.
Unit –IV Air Traffic Control and Processes 9
Traffic Control – airspace - navigational aids – controlling process – coordination – responses to
emergencies and airport security.
Unit –V Transportation of Business and Industrial Management 9
Entrepreneurship in Transport industry – starting Travel agency / sub –agency – transport business
– government support – allied businesses, sightseeing, Hotel booking, car rentals – Future
opportunities in transport industry
Total : 45 Periods
Text Books
1. Principles of Airport Economics, PS Senguttavan, Excell Books
2. Airport systems : Planning, designing and management , Richard De Neufville, McGraw Hill
2007
Reference Books
1. Managing Airports : An international perspective, Graham .A, oxford 2001
2. The Airport Business Routledge, Doganis

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 1 2 3
0
CO 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO 4 2 3 2 2 2
CO 5 2 3 2 2 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I IAE – II IAE – III (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Understand 40 40 20 60
Apply 20 20
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20 AEO09 Rocket and Space Science
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Open Elective
Pre requisites Aerodynamics, Propulsion

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. To introduce concepts of system design used for space exploration.
2. Knowledge on mission design parameters from first principles of mechanics.
3. Understand the fundamentals of orbital mechanics.
4. Introduce sub-systems of a space vehicle.
5. To identify the communication systems for space vehicles

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level

CO1 Perform mission design calculations using specialized software. Understand

CO2 Evaluate the orbits of space vehicles using classical methods. Apply

CO3 Analyze dynamics of space vehicles. Understand

Identify design requirements for different phases of a space

CO4 Apply
exploration program.
Explain the variations of design concepts implemented in recent
CO5 Understand
space missions
Course contents:

UNIT I Environment and Mission Design 9

Earth environment, launch environment, atmosphere, space and upper atmosphere; earth-bound
orbits, lunar and deep space missions, advanced missions, launch vehicle selection, launching
and deployment Classification of missiles.

UNIT II Trajectory of a Rocket 10

 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Mass ratio and propellant mass fraction; equation of motion of an ideal rocket; motion of a
rocket in a gravitational field; simplified vertical trajectory; burn-out velocity and burn-out
height; step-rockets; ideal mission velocity and losses; effect of launch angle; factors causing
dispersion of rockets in flight; dispersion of finned rockets; stability of flight.

UNIT III Astrodynamics 8

Tactical Orbits and trajectories, Kepler's laws, orbital velocity and periods, eccentric elliptical orbits;
effect of injection conditions, effect of earth’s rotation, perturbation analysis; parking orbit,
transfer trajectory, impulsive shot; rendezvous; recent interplanetary missions

UNIT IV Atmospheric Entry, Attitude Determination and Control 10

Entry flight mechanics, entry heating, entry vehicle design, aero-assisted orbit transfer; concepts
and terminology of attitude determination, rotational dynamics, rigid body dynamics, disturbance
torques, passive attitude control, active control, attitude determination, system design
considerations.

UNIT V Configuration, Structural Design, and Communications 8

Design drivers and concepts, mass properties, structural loads; power sources, design drivers and
practice, command subsystems, redundancy and autonomy, radio communications, tracking.

Total: 45 Periods
Text books:
3. M.D. Griffin and J.R. French, Space Vehicle Design. 2nd Edition, AIAA Education
Series(2004).
4. J.W. Cornelisse, H.F.R. Schöyer, and K.F. Wakkar. Rocket Propulsion and
SpacecraftDynamics. 1st Edition, Pitman (1979).
References:
3. E. Stuhlinger and G. Mesmer. Space Science and Engineering. 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill,
New York (1965).
4. W.N. Hess. Space Science. 1st Edition, Blackie and Son (1965).
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10) (60)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

L T P C
20AEO10 Aircraft Maintenances
3 0 0 3
Nature of Course Open Elective
Pre requisites Aircraft General Engineering and Maintenance Practices
Course Objectives:
The course is intended to
1. Impart knowledge on aircraft maintenance operations.
2. Provide knowledge on Ground support equipment’s.
3. Provide knowledge on aircraft engine inspection.
4. Impart knowledge on structural maintenance.
5. Impart knowledge on Aircraft Landing Gear maintenance.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO. No. Course Outcome Bloom's Level
Understand the FAA airworthiness regulations and the checklist
CO1 Understand
involved in each inspection of aircraft
CO2 Knowledge in various ground support system for aircraft operations. Understand
CO3 Identify the engine components and faults Understand
CO4 Identify the maintenance procedure to Aircraft Engines Understand
Identify, install, inspect, fabricate and repair aircraft sheet metal and
CO5 Understand
synthetic, material structures.
Course Contents
Unit –I Basic Concepts 7
Maintenance concept, inspection periodicity for types of aircraft like Annual Inspection. 100 Hrs
Inspection. Inspection schedule and operational life of components. Continuous air-worthiness
maintenance Daily pre- flight and post flight inspection and maintenance of records.
Unit –II Grond Handling and Ground Support Equipments 8
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Fire safety – classification of fire and extinguishing agents, Movement of Aircraft - Towing operation
and precautions taxing and taxing signals. Aircraft tie down - Normal Tie down procedure, securing
Light aircraft, Multi engine aircraft, Helicopters, Sea-planes and aircraft on skis Aircraft Tie down for
storm condition - precautions against wind storm damage. Jacking aircraft & jacking precautions.
Aircraft fueling operation and precautions. Description and Maintenance of ground support
equipment’s – Electrical power unit, Air start unit, Hydraulic power unit, Pre oiling equipment, Air
conditioning and heating unit, Aircraft jacks, Tow Bars.
Unit –III Reciprocating Engine and Propeller Maintenance 10
Concepts of maintenance and overhaul- general overhaul procedure- Inspection of engine parts-
visual, magnetic, dimensional checks- things to be checked in a reciprocating engine common
check on parts like cylinder head, cylinder barrel, piston, valves, crank case assembly and its
system components. Importance of ground run, ignition system check, acceleration and
deceleration checks and engine shut down and post stopping procedure. Inspection for propeller
mounts, blade damages and oil leak. Variable pitch propeller only) Static and dynamic balancing of
propellers- Purpose and procedure – Purpose and procedure for propeller track and run out checks.
Permissible repairs on wooden propellers.

Unit –IV Gas Turbinate Engine Maintenance 10

Division of engine cold section and hot section. Inspection of compressor section and blades,
effects of foreign object damage, causes of blade damage, combustion section inspection and
repairs inspection and repair of turbine, turbine blades and its replacement- inspection of exhaust
section. Preparation of engine run up, initial warm up and full throttle checks, assessment of engine
performance from various parameters viz, EPR, EGT, Fuel flow RPM etc.
Unit –V Aircraft Structural Repairs and Maintenance of Landing Gears 10
Basic Principles of sheet metal repair, Maintaining the original strength and determination of rivet
dia, and number of rivets for repair, Classification of sheet metal damage, special tools and devices
for sheet metal, Metal working machines, Forming operations, Rivet layout, Riveting tools, Driving
Rivets, Rivet failure, Removing Rivets, Specific Repair Types – Skin repair, Stringer repair,
Bulkhead repairs, Longeron Repair, Spar repair, Rib and Web repair, Leading Edge and Trailing
edge repair. Inspection and maintenance of landing gear - struts, wheel assembly, and brake
system. Landing gear retraction test and its procedure. Special inspection after heavy handling,
lightening strike and turbulent weather.
Total : 45 Periods
Text Books
1. Aircraft maintenance and repair – Kroes – Delp – 1993.
2. Airframe handbook – FAA –ACC 65 – 15A -1994
3. Power plant Hand book – FAA – AC 65 – 12A
Reference Books
1. Aircraft and power plants – Kroes and Wild – 1994
2. Airframe & Power plant mechanics – General Hand book AC 65-9A
3. Aircraft basic Science – Kroes&Rardon – 1993
Additional / Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104071/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104075/

Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) with Programme Outcomes (PO) Programme

Specific Outcomes (PSO)
POs PSOs
COs
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2 - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 2 - -
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations Final Examination
Bloom’s Category (60)
IAE – I (7.5) IAE – II (7.5) IAE – III (10)

Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEA01 Wind Turbine Design and Testing
1 0 0 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Providing insight in wind turbine design and operation as well as of atmospheric flows
2. Learn the design and control principles of wind turbine.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Familiarity with principles of energy conversion Understand
Understand the aerodynamically interaction between wind turbines and
CO2 Understand
their surroundings
CO3 Understand wind and hydro energy resource assessment techniques Understand
Develop experimental skills for energy related measurements and
CO4 Understand
experiments
Understand the application of wind energy and wind energy conversion
CO5 Understand
system.

Course contents:
Design of wind turbine
Wind turbine design considerations; Methodology; Theoretical simulation of wind turbine
characteristics; Test methods
Reliability techniques for Wind Turbines
Introduction to reliability engineering, failure data analysis, failure distribution, Improvement in
reliability, reliability testing, system reliability by Montecarlo simulation techniques tests and
verification - Testing of wind turbine blades- Failure modes of wind turbine blades

TOTAL: 15 PERIODS
Textbooks
1. Wind Turbine Technology: Principles and Design, Muyiwa Adaramola · 2014
2. Wind Power Generation and Wind Turbine Design, Wei Tong
3. Wind Turbines: Fundamentals, Technologies, Application and Economics, Springer. Hau E.
(2000).
References
1 . Wind Turbine Technology: Fundamental concepts of wind turbine technology Spera D.A.
(ASME Press, NY, 1994)
2 . Wind Energy Systems – G.L. Johnson (Prentice Hall, 1985)
3. M. R. Patel, Wind and Solar Power Systems, CRC Press, 1999
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 2 1 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3 Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEA02 Real Time Industrial Applications in CFD
1 0 0 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Provide brief introduction of CFD along with Aerospace & chemical engineering application
specifically, analysis of fluid mechanics and heat transfer related problems
2. Introduce some of the models required to compute turbulent and incompressible fluid flow
problems

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Gain experience in the application of CFD analysis to real engineering
CO1 Understand
designs
Build up skills in the actual implementation of CFD methods (e.g.
CO2 Understand
boundary conditions, different numerical schemes etc.)
Understand the process of developing a geometrical model of the flow,
CO3 applying appropriate boundary conditions, specifying solution Understand
parameters, and visualizing and analyzing the results.
CO4 Simulate simple CFD models and analyze its results Analysis
Provide the student with a significant level of experience in the use of
CO5 Understand
modern CFD software for the analysis of complex fluid-flow systems.

Course contents:
CFD Application in aerospace industry
Initial and boundary condition-External and Internal Aerodynamic Flow Modeling-Internal flows in
Aerospace CFD- airflow around aircraft landing gear, Flow over CD nozzle

CFD Application in Food processing and other industries

Food industry modeling of high pressure food processing using CFD, CFD applications in
membrane separations systems computation of airflow effects in microwave and combination
heating.CFD applications in energy engineering research and simulation.

Total: 15 Periods
Textbooks
1. Computational Fluid Dynamics by Patrick J. Roache
2. Computational Fluid Dynamics in Food Processing, Da-Wen Sun
References
1. Cullity, B.D., “Elements of X-ray diffraction”, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley Company Inc.,
NewYork, 2000.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 3 2
CO2 2 1 3 2
CO3 2 1 3 2
CO4 2 1 3 2
CO5 2 1 3 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Final Examination
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3
(60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEA03 Failure Analysis of Advanced Composites
1 0 0 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Illuminate the knowledge and analysis skills in applying basic laws in mechanics to the
composite materials and its failure
2. Develop the student’s skills in understanding the different damage mechanism

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 List the parameters that affects the property of a composite material Understand
demonstrate recognition of failure mechanism and identify alternate
CO2 Understand
materials and/or service conditions that prolong component life
Understand the deformation and failure mechanisms in a composite
CO3 Understand
lamina and laminate
Analyze the effects of various load or displacement boundary conditions
CO4 Analysis
by applying laminate analysis to composite structures
CO5 Predict the failure strength of a laminated composite plate Understand

Course contents:
Intra and Inter-laminar damage mechanisms
Recapitulation of fracture mechanics, delamination, matrix cracking, fractographic observations,
fiber compressive failure, fiber tensile failure, dynamic loading and impact damage, benchmark
experiments to extract fracture parameters, laminate size effect on failure, effect of manufacturing
induced defects on failure

Damage Detection
Variation of Welded Joints at Various Temperatures in Liquid-Phase-Pulse-Impact Diffusion
Welding of Particle Reinforcement Aluminum Matrix Composites, defects, damage and role in the
failure of composite materials

Implementation of composite damage models

Implementing damage models in commercial finite element programme via user defined material
and user defined element packages, several aspects of damage modeling, and demonstrative 3D
simulation of benchmark failure cases
Total: 15 Periods
Textbooks
1 . Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites, mileS. Greenhalg, Woodhead
publishing Ltd, 2017.
2. Failure analysis and prevention, Edited by AidyALi and Published by InTech Janeza Trdine 9,
Croatia, 2016.
3. P.P. Camanho, S.R. Hallett, Numerical modeling of failure in advanced composite materials,
Woodhead Publishing, 2015
4. Mechanics of composite materials by R. M. Jones, Taylor and Francis,2012
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

References
1. Holm Altenbach, Tomasz Sadowski “Failure and damage analysis of Advanced materials”
CISM, Udine 2015.
2. Advanced composite materials for automotive application, Structural Integrity and
Crashworthiness by Ahmed Elmarakbi · 2013
3. Analysis and performances of Fiber composites by B. D. Agarwal, L. J. Broutman and K.
Chandrasekhara, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,2002

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 2
CO5 3 2 1 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3 Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

Technical Documentation For Aerospace Engineering L T P C

20AEA04
Services 1 0 0 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Focuses on learning the Industry wide used Technical Writing and Illustration Standards and
prepares you for Technical Publication domain
2. Learn about different tools and software used in aerospace documentation

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Explain the different standards used in aerospace technical publication Understand
CO2 Prepare technical documentation for various aircraft parts Understand
CO3 Understand schematic& wire diagram process. Understand
CO4 Read different manuals available in aeronautical industry. Understand
CO5 Use different tools and software used in technical publication Understand

Course contents:
INTRODUCTION
Introduction to Tech Publication, Effective content creation, Tech Pub Standards-ATA
100,iSpec2200,ASD – STE100,Manual- Introduction to Aircraft and Engine manuals, aerospace
standards, Aircraft Illustrated Parts Catalogue, Component Maintenance Manual ,Structural Repair
Manual, Aircraft Schematic & Wiring Diagram Manual

Tools/Software Training
Software’s-Arbor text Editor, Isodraw, Workflow of Technical Documentation-Tools and
Technologies-Effect of Viscosity Ratio and Decay rate, Engineering Drawing Analysis, Technical
Communication and Soft Skills
Total: 15 Periods
Textbooks
1. Technical Documentation and Process. Jerry C. Whitaker, Robert K. Mancini · 2018
2. Scientific and Technical Aerospace Reports Volume 29, Issue 22, 1991

References
1. Technical Documentation Overview, Hariom Baghel
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 2 1
CO2 2 1 2 1
CO3 2 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 2 1
CO5 2 3 1 2 1
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment
Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks
Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3 Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEA05 Introduction to Aerospace Navigation
1 0 0 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Nil

Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. Understand the concepts of navigation of aerospace vehicles
2. Impart ideas on aircraft and navigation instruments

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
Understand the concept of navigation, various navigation schemes and
CO1 Understand
inertial sensors
Explain the different methods of inertial navigation and the sensors
CO2 Understand
used in realizing practical inertial navigation systems
Exposure on various topics such as System Engineering, on-board
software, safety of complex systems, FMS, ARINC 424 and Human
CO3 Understand
interface and will be able to deploy these skills effectively in the solution
of problems in avionics engineering
Exposure on various display systems, cockpit display, display
architecture and graphics pertaining to aircraft display systems and will
CO4 Understand
be able to deploy these skills effectively in the design and development
of display systems for aircrafts.
Exposure on various Navigation systems such as Inertial Measurement
CO5 Understand
systems, Radio Navigation Systems, Satellite Navigation – GPS

Course contents:
Satellite Navigation Systems
Navigation Problems Using Satellite Systems- Satellite Navigation Systems (GNSS) - GNSS
Observables- Sources of Error- GNSS Receivers- Aerospace Applications
Inertial Navigation Systems
Reference Frames- Navigation Mechanization- INS Initialization- INS Error Characterization
Navigational Displays &on board software
Introduction to Modern Aerospace Navigational Displays- A Global Positioning System Receiver
and Map Display - Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast (ADSB) System Displays-
Collision Avoidance and Ground Warning Displays. JAR 25-1309 regulations, DO-178 standards
System aspects and software levels. Software development requirements, verification requirements,
software configuration management requirements, software quality assurance requirements
according to levels- case study
Total: 15 Periods
Textbooks
1. Aerospace Navigation Systems, Alexander V. Nebylov, Joseph Watson, 2016
2. M. Kayton and W. Fried: Avionics Navigation System, Wiley Interscience, 1997
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)
References
1. Nagaraja.M.S, Elements of electronic navigation, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
2 . P.T. Kabamba and A.R. Girard, Fundamentals of Aerospace Navigation and Guidance,
Cambridge Aerospace Series, 2014.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 2 1 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3 Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

L T P C
20AEA06 Disruptive Innovation Based Startup Activities
1 0 0 1
Nature of Course Employability Enhancement Courses
Pre requisites Nil
Course Objectives
The course is intended to
1. This course focuses on the pervasive need to leverage modern innovation and
entrepreneurship in order to maintain competitiveness
2. Important aims of this course include learning how to recognize and selectively
employ the diverse ways modern enterprises access innovative and entrepreneurial
capabilities

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Bloom's
CO. No. Course Outcome
Level
CO1 Comprehend the role of bounded rationality, framing, causation and Understand
effectuation inentrepreneurial decision making.
CO2 Demonstrate an ability to design a business model canvas. Understand
CO3 Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startup ventures. Understand
Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting
CO4 Understand
business pitching topotential investors.
CO5 Role of institutions in promoting entrepreneurship. Understand

Course contents:
Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurs; entrepreneurial personality and intentions-
characteristics, traits and behavioral; entrepreneurial challenges.

Entrepreneurial Opportunities: Opportunities. Discovery / creation, Pattern identification and

recognition for venture creation: prototype and exemplar model, reverse engineering.

Entrepreneurial Process and Decision Making: Entrepreneurial ecosystem, Ideation,

development and exploitation of opportunities; Negotiation, decision making process and
approaches, Effectuation and Causation.

Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups: Introduction to business models; Creating value
propositions-conventional industry logic, value innovation logic; customer focused innovation;
building and analyzing business models; Business model canvas, Introduction to lean startups,
Business Pitching.

Organizing Business and Entrepreneurial Finance: Forms of business organizations;

organizational structures; Evolution of Organisation, sources and selection of venture finance
options and its managerial implications. Policy Initiatives and focus; role of institutions in promoting
entrepreneurship.
Total: 15 Periods
Textbooks
1. Ries, Eric(2011), The lean Start-up: How constant innovation creates radicallysuccessful
businesses, Penguin Books Limited.
2. Blank, Steve (2013), The Startup Owner’s Manual: The Step by Step Guide for Building a
Great Company, K&S Ranch.
 B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)

References
1. T. H. Byers, R. C. Dorf, A. Nelson, Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise, McGraw
Hill (2013)
2. Osterwalder, Alex and Pigneur, Yves (2010) Business Model Generation.
3. Kachru, Upendra, India Land of a Billion Entrepreneurs, Pearson
4. Bagchi, Subroto, (2012). MBA At 16: a Teenager’s Guide to Business, Penguin Books
5. Bansal, Rashmi, Stay Hungry Stay Foolish, CIIE, IIM Ahmedabad
6. Bansal, Rashmi, (2013). Follow Every Rainbow, Westland.
7. Verstraete, T. and Laffitte, E.J. (2011). a Business Model of Entrepreneurship,
Edward ,mElgar Publishing.
8. Johnson, Steven (2011). Where Good Ideas comes from, Penguin Books Limited.
9. Gabor, Michael E. (2013), Awakening the Entrepreneur Within, Primento.
10.Guillebeau, Chris (2012), The $100 startup: Fire your Boss, Do what you love andwork better
to live more, Pan Macmillan
11.Kelley, Tom (2011), The ten faces of innovation, Currency Doubleday
12.Prasad, Rohit (2013), Start-up sutra: what the angels won’t tell you about business and life,
Hachette India.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs) Programme Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
POs PSOs
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 2 1 2
3 High 2 Medium 1 Low

Formative assessment

Bloom’s Level Assessment Component Marks Total marks

Remember Online Quiz 5
Understand Tutorial Class / Assignment 5 15
Attendance 5

Summative Assessment
Internal Assessment Examinations
Bloom’s Category IAE 1 IAE 2 IAE 3 Final Examination (60)
(7.5) (7.5) (10)
Remember 10 10 10 20
Understand 10 10 10 20
Apply 30 30 30 60
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
B.E. Aeronautical Engineering (R-2020)